BX110 series TR160 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Checking Battery Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Checking Ink Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings（Supported models
only）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Performing Maintenance Functions from the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Other device settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Reset settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Basic Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
WEEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Legal Restrictions on Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Carrying the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Printing Photos and Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Basic Settings Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Media/Quality Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Updating the Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Printing Hagaki and Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Other Various Printing Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Printing Template Saved in Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Network FAQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 313
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Paper Information Registration Screen Does Not Appear When Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Paper Information Registration Screen Appears Even Though No Paper Is Loaded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Resolving Print Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Printed Surface Is Smudged/Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). . . . . 375
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Printer Is Out of Paper (1000). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
1687. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
1806. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
1807. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
10
Trademarks
• Microsoft, Excel, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Store, OneDrive, PowerPoint, Windows
and Windows Vista are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google LLC.
Google Play and Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Illustrator, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
• Amazon, Echo and Alexa are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.
• Google, Google Home, and YouTube are trademarks of Google LLC.
• LINE is a registered trademark or trademark of LY Corporation.
• LINE Clova is a registered trademark of LY Corporation.
• Google Docs, and Google Drive are trademarks of Google LLC.
• App Store is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• AOSS™ is a trademark of BUFFALO INC.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• HP-GL and HP-GL/2 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of HP Inc. in the United States
and/or other countries.
• Mozilla Firefox is a trademark or registered trademark of Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Wi-Fi, WPA, WPA2 and WPA3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
• All other company names and products mentioned in this guide may be registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective companies.
11
Licenses
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
12
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
13
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
14
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
15
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
16
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
18
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 10: Lennart Poettering copyright notice (BSD-like) -----
Copyright 2010 Lennart Poettering
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
19
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
---- Part 11: IETF copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2013 IETF Trust and the persons identified as authors of
the code. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the
names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
20
---- Part 12: Arista Networks copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2013, Arista Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Arista Networks, Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
---- Part 13: VMware, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2016, VMware, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
21
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of VMware, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 14: USC/Information Sciences Institute copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Information Sciences Institute
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Information Sciences Institue nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
22
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
23
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
24
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
25
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
26
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
27
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
28
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
29
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
30
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
31
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2002-2019, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
This software may be distributed, used, and modified under the terms of
BSD license:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2019, Broadcom Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
32
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
The certificate files "Amazon Root CA 1", "Amazon Root CA 2", "Amazon Root CA 4" are licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
This software is licensed under the MIT License.
Copyright Fedor Indutny, 2018.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
33
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 1998-2010, Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
The redistribution and use of this software (with or without changes)
is allowed without the payment of fees or royalties provided that:
source code distributions include the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer;
binary distributions include the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer in their documentation.
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties
in respect of its operation, including, but not limited to, correctness
and fitness for purpose.
34
Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you, by Apple Inc. ("Apple"), in your
capacity as a current, and in good standing, Licensee in the MFi Licensing Program. Use of this
Apple software is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of your MFi License,
including, but not limited to, the restrictions specified in the provision entitled "Public
Software", and is further subject to your agreement to the following additional terms, and your
agreement that the use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software
constitutes acceptance of these additional terms. If you do not agree with these additional terms,
please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software.
Subject to all of these terms and in consideration of your agreement to abide by them, Apple grants
you, for as long as you are a current and in good-standing MFi Licensee, a personal, non-exclusive
license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use,
reproduce, and modify the Apple Software in source form, and to use, reproduce, modify, and
redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in binary form. While you may not
redistribute the Apple Software in source form, should you redistribute the Apple Software in binary
form, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions
of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks, or logos of Apple Inc. may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written
permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses,
express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that
may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be
incorporated.
Unless you explicitly state otherwise, if you provide any ideas, suggestions, recommendations, bug
fixes or enhancements to Apple in connection with this software ("Feedback"), you hereby grant to
Apple a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, use,
reproduce, incorporate, modify, display, perform, sell, make or have made derivative works of,
distribute (directly or indirectly) and sublicense, such Feedback in connection with Apple products
and services. Providing this Feedback is voluntary, but if you do provide Feedback to Apple, you
acknowledge and agree that Apple may exercise the license granted above without the payment of
royalties or further consideration to Participant.
The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE
AND OPERATION ALONE OR
IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE,
REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION
AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER
THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN
35
ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright (C) 2013 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The following applies only to products supporting the cloud service (formerly known as PIXUS Cloud Link,
PIXMA Cloud Link, or MAXIFY Cloud Link).
THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
---------------------------
Written by: Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved.
PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT
-------------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2010-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER
--------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2009-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
-------------------------
Contributed by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
THE "BSD" LICENCE
36
-----------------Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google
Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
37
Front View
A: Print Head Cover
Open to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the printer.
B: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
C: Paper Guide
Align with the left side of the paper stack.
D: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
E: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
F: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
Loading Envelopes
G: Security Slot
Insert the security wire or other materials as a protection against theft.
H: AC Adapter Connector
Plug in the supplied AC adapter plug here.
40
I: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
J: Paper Output Slot Cover
Printed paper is ejected.
K: Paper Thickness Lever
Switches the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper to match the media type.
Set to the left when printing on envelopes.
Set to the right when printing on paper other than envelopes.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.•
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing with the computer. This can cause•
trouble.
41
Rear View
A: Battery Connector Cover
Covers the battery connector. When the battery is unplugged from the connector, use this cover to
protect the battery connector.
B: Battery Connector
Connects the battery.
For how to connect and use the battery, refer to Using the Battery.
42
Inside View
A: Ink lamps
Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status.
Lights: The ink tank is correctly installed.
Flashing slowly (at around 3-second intervals): The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Flashing fast (at around 1-second intervals): Ink has run out.
Off: The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled.
B: Print Head Holder
Install the print head here.
C: Print Head Lock Lever
Locks the print head into place.
Important
• Do not pull up the print head lock lever after installing the print head.•
• If you pull up the print head lock lever after installing the print head, push both tabs in left to right order•
until each clicks into place.
43
Operation Panel
A: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
B: , , , and buttons
Used to select a setting item.
C: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
D: ON button
Turns the power on or off.
Turning the Printer On and Off
E: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
F: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
G: Stop button
Cancels operation when printing is in progress or when selecting a menu item.
H: OK button
Finalizes your selection of items. Also used to resolve errors.
I: Wireless connect button
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without
having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
45
LCD and Operation Panel
The HOME screen appears when the printer is turned on.
A: Network
Icons depicting the Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the icon in the standby screen.
If the icon appears on the LCD, it indicates that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to
the wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We recommend
placing the printer near the wireless router.
Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
• Wireless Direct is enabled.•
• Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.•
B: Battery information
When using the battery, the battery status appears by the icons.
The battery charging remaining is 75% to 100%.
46
The battery charging remaining is 50% to 70%.
The battery charging remaining is 25% to 45%.
The battery charging remaining is 20% or below.
Note
• This appears when the battery is charged by AC adapter.•
• This appears when the battery charging remaining is 20% or below.•
• This appears when the battery cannot be charged due to its temperature is high or low. When•
the battery icon appears as , the battery is not available.
•
Select (Hint) on the HOME screen and then select Battery information to check the details
•
of battery status.
Checking Battery Status on the LCD
C: Ink information
Display ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
D: Setup
Select when setting, changing, or maintaining the printer.
(NEW) appears when there is an update notification of the printer.
E: Hint
Select when displaying the quick guide for how to load paper, how to resolve errors, or other
information, when checking ink remaining level, or when displaying printer information.
Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
1. Press button on HOME screen.1.
2. Use the button to select, and press OK button.2.
47
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
You can enter text when a keyboard is shown on the printer. Follow the procedure below.
1.
Use the buttons (A) to select the character you want to enter, and then press
1.
.
Switches between "lower case letters" and "numbers and symbols."
Switches between upper and lower case letters while letters of the alphabet appear. Switches
symbol types while numbers and symbols appear.
49
Inserts a space.
Deletes the character at the cursor. Select (B) of the screen using the or button, and then
move the cursor to the target character using the or button.
2.
Repeat 1 until text entry is complete.
2.
Note
• To insert characters, select (B) of the screen using the or button, move the cursor to the character
on the right of the target position using the or button, and then enter characters.
50
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking that Power Is On
Turning on the printer
Turning off the printer
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 3 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation.
Turning on the printer
1. Open the rear tray cover.1.
The paper output slot cover opens automatically.
52
2.
Press the ON button until the ON lamp is lit to turn on the printer.
2.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
•
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
•
•
If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
•
•
You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a
•
computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
53
• If you use the battery, make sure that it is charged. For details on how to check it, refer to Using•
the Battery.
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button for more than one second to turn off the printer.1.
2.
Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
2.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of
the print head and print quality may be reduced.
• If you stand the printer up or carry the printer before the ON lamp goes off, this may cause the•
ink to leak or the printer to break.
54
Note
• It may take up to 40 seconds until the power is turned off.•
55
Checking Battery Status on the LCD
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select (Hint) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
The menu screen of tips appears.
3.
Select Battery information.
3.
A: Depending on the battery status, the following icons appear.
This appears when the battery is charged by AC adapter.
This appears when the battery charging remaining is 20% or below.
This appears when the battery cannot be charged due to its temperature is high or low. When the
battery icon appears as
, the battery is not available.
B: The battery charge remaining appears.
56
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
•
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Printed Surface Is Smudged/
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl/Paper Is Smudged During Automatic 2-sided Printing.
2.
Open the rear tray cover (A).
2.
The paper output slot cover will open automatically.
3.
Pull out the paper support (B) until the arrow ( ) mark is aligned with the arrow ( ) mark.
3.
58
4. Slide the paper guide (C) to the left, and load the paper against the far right (D) of the rear4.
tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
5.
Slide the paper guide to align it with the paper stack.
5.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
•
Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
•
paper jams.
59
Note
•
Keep the paper stack height below the tab (G) of the paper guide.
•
6.
Set the paper thickness lever (H) to the right.
6.
Note
•
If the corners or edges of the paper are smudged, try to print with the paper thickness lever set to
•
the left. It may improve print quality. Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish
printing.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
LCD.
7.
If page size and media type on LCD match size and type of paper loaded in rear tray, select
7.
OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
60
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
61
Loading Envelopes
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1.
Prepare envelopes.
1.
•
Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
•
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite•
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.•
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.•
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
•
The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
•
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2.
Open the rear tray cover (A).
2.
The paper output slot cover will open automatically.
3.
Pull out the paper support (B) until the arrow ( ) mark is aligned with the arrow ( ) mark.
3.
62
4.
Slide the paper guide (C) to the left, and load the envelopes against the far right (D) of the
4.
rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
63
5.
Slide the paper guide to align it with the envelopes.
5.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
• Keep the envelope stack height below the tab (E) of the paper guide.•
6.
Set the paper thickness lever (F) to the left.
6.
64
Note
•
Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish printing.
•
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
LCD.
7. If page size and media type shown on LCD match size and type of envelopes loaded in rear7.
tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded
envelopes.
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
65
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error.
In this state, the printer cannot print. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Note
• For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.•
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Open the print head cover.
2.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
•
Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
•
until it stops completely.
Important
•
Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
•
3.
Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
3.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
67
Important
•
Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
•
Note
• Do not touch the print head lock lever (B).•
If you pull up the print head lock lever, lock it again.
Inside View
•
Do not remove both ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when
•
replacing both ink tanks.
4.
Remove the new ink tank from its packaging, then remove the protective cap (C) from the
4.
bottom of the ink tank.
68
Important
•
Do not touch the electrical contacts (D) on the ink tank. Doing so can cause the printer to
•
malfunction or become unable to print.
•
Shaking ink tanks may cause ink to spill out and stain clothing or the surrounding area. Handle
•
ink tanks carefully.
• Do not touch the inside of the protective cap (C) or the open ink port (E). The ink may stain your•
hands if you touch them.
•
Do not reattach the protective cap (C) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
•
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
• Do not touch the open ink port (E) once the protective cap (C) is removed, as this may prevent•
the ink from being ejected properly.
5. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.5.
Align the mark with the mark.
69
6.
Press the PUSH mark on the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
6.
Make sure that the ink lamp lights up.
Important
•
Install both ink tanks to print. The printer cannot be used unless both ink tanks are installed.
•
•
If the front (innermost) part of the ink tank (F) is sticking up, push down on the Canon logo on
•
the ink tank. Do not remove the ink tank forcibly.
70
7.
Close the print head cover.
7.
Note
•
If the error message appears on the LCD after the print head cover is closed, take appropriate
•
action.
When Error Occurred
•
When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
•
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
•
If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
•
symptoms, align the print head.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
•
If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
•
71
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.•
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.•
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
72
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
The status of used ink appears on the HOME screen.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Ink has run out. Replace the ink tank with a new ink tank.
This appears when remaining ink level is not known.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.•
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.•
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the following information about ink by pressing the OK button.
• Order ink now•
The QR code appears and you can access the ink purchasing site. Cost of connecting to Internet is to
be born by the customer.
• Ink model number•
73
You can check the ink model number.
74
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
However, you can use a Wi-Fi connection and Wireless Direct at the same time.
For restrictions, see the following.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support wireless networking standards
using the 5 GHz band.
• The printer does not support WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP) and WPA2-PSK (TKIP). The security protocol
such as WPA2-PSK (AES) or WPA3-SAE (AES) is recommended to be set to wireless router for
security reasons.
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• When connecting to Wi-Fi outdoors, do not connect to a 5 GHz network (SSID).
The 5 GHz band available for use with the printer includes the channels that are allowed for indoor
use only, depending on your country or region.
For details on the 5 GHz network (SSID) of your wireless router, see the manual supplied with the
wireless router, or contact its manufacturer.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
75
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• When using Wireless Direct connection outdoor, do not use 5 GHz frequencies. Depending on your
country or region, only indoor use is permitted for some bands.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Wireless Direct connects a device (such as a computer) to the printer at 2.4 GHz.
To connect at 5 GHz, enable Wireless Direct, and then set the frequency band to 5 GHz.
Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support Wireless Direct using the 5 GHz
band.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
76
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:•
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:•
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the operation panel of the printer.•
System information
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
77
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
78
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
• If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:•
Wireless Direct connection is available. Wireless Direct and Wi-Fi connection can be used together.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
• Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:•
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
79
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
81
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer•
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
82
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
In Windows 11, from (Start button) on the taskbar, select All apps > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant.
Note
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• In Windows 7, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, and
then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:•
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:•
Performing/Changing Network Settings
83
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
3.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
84
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.•
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.•
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available•
Indicates the printer is available.
• Setup Completed•
86
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
• Requires Setup•
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• Not Set•
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• IP Address Overlap•
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
• Unknown•
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.•
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto•
87
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
• Manual•
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.•
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
88
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
89
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings（Supported models only）
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Important
• These settings are not available if your printer does not have a wired LAN connection.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5.
Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
•
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
91
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
•
IPv4 settings
•
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
92
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8.
Click Set.
8.
93
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you plan to use a printer over Wi-Fi, make sure you perform security settings for the Wi-Fi network.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
•
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
94
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
•
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦
Infrastructure
◦
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦ Direct◦
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
•
If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
•
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
•
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
95
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
•
IPv4 settings
•
Note
•
The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
96
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
97
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.8.
98
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4.
Select printer to assign location name and device name.
4.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8.
Click Set.
8.
99
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
100
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
101
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
102
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
103
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If anything is wrong with connection, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses the settings of the printer and
those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant restores the status of the
printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
104
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts
diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
105
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
106
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
107
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink•
tank.
Note
• Check the ink status.•
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•
For macOS:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
109
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off•
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
•
For macOS:
•
Adjusting Print Head Position
110
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink•
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in rear tray.
2.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
3.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Select Maintenance.
4.
5. Select Nozzle Check.5.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6.
Select Yes.
6.
7.
Press the OK button.
7.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD.
8.
Select Next.
8.
9.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
9.
111
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.1.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2.
Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
2.
screen.
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
112
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle
check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in rear tray.
2.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
3.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Select Maintenance.4.
5. Select Cleaning.5.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6.
Select Yes.
6.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Select Yes.
7.
8.
Press the OK button.
8.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
Select Next.
9.
10.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
10.
114
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in rear tray.
2.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
3.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Select Maintenance.4.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.5.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6.
Select Yes.
6.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7.
Select Yes.
7.
8.
Press the OK button.
8.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
9.
10.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
10.
116
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
117
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the LCD.•
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in rear tray.
2.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen.3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Select Maintenance.
4.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.5.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
•
To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment
•
value.
6.
Select Yes.
6.
7.
Press the OK button.
7.
118
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
Note
•
If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD.
•
When Error Occurred
8.
When completion message appears, select OK.
8.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,•
adjust the print head position manually.
For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
119
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in rear tray.
2.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
3.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Select Maintenance.
4.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.5.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
• To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment•
value.
6.
Select Yes.
6.
7.
Press the OK button.
7.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
8.
When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
8.
and if so, select Yes.
9.
Check message and select OK.
9.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
120
10.
Examine first patterns. In column A, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, select
10.
the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
Note
•
If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
•
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
11.
Repeat these steps for columns B to N.
11.
12.
Check message and press the OK button.
12.
121
The second set of patterns is printed.
13. Examine second patterns. In column O, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable,13.
select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
Note
•
If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal stripes are least noticeable.
•
Subtle horizontal stripes
Noticeable horizontal stripes
14.
Repeat these steps for columns P to V.
14.
15.
Check message and press the OK button.
15.
The third set of patterns is printed.
16.
Examine third patterns. In column W, find pattern in which stripes are least noticeable,
16.
select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
122
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.•
Subtle horizontal streaks
Noticeable horizontal streaks
17.
Repeat these steps until you have finished entering all pattern numbers for columns X.
17.
18. When completion message appears, select OK.18.
123
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant
Tool)
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is an application software to perform printer maintenance or change the
settings of the printer.
When printer driver is installed, Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is also installed.
To install only Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, access the Canon web site and download the software.
Note
• For details on installing the Driver, see "Installing the Driver."
How to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool can be started in the following ways.
• Click Maintenance and Preferences icon in the Maintenance tab of the printer driver.
• From Windows Start menu, click (All apps, Apps, or All Programs ->) Canon Utilities -> IJ Printer
Assistant Tool.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
125
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Cleaning.
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Print Head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
127
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Deep Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Deep Cleaning.
3. Perform Deep Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
128
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
Print Head Alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves misalignment of
colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment, but if the printing results are not satisfactory, such
as if the borders are not aligned, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing automatic Print Head Alignment is as follows:
Important
• A pattern will be printed for head alignment. Do not open the print head cover while printing is in
progress.
Print Head Alignment
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Click Print Head Alignment2.
The Print Head Alignment dialog box appears.
3.
Set the paper thickness lever to the right, and load paper in printer
3.
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
Note
• The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment.
4. Perform head alignment4.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Follow the instruction in the message.
Note
•
Wait until printing ends before performing other operations. Printing takes about 4 minutes to
complete.
Note
• In the Print Head Alignment dialog box, click Print Alignment Value to print the current settings so
that you can check the settings.
129
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Print Head Alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves misalignment of
colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment, but if the printing results are not satisfactory, such
as if the borders are not aligned, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing manual Print Head Alignment is as follows:
Important
• Printing is required for adjusting the position of the print head. Do not open the print head cover while
printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Print Head Alignment
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer power is on, and then click Other Settings2.
The Other Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Switch head alignment to manual3.
Check the Align heads manually check box.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
5.
Click Print Head Alignment
5.
The Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
6.
Set the paper thickness lever to the right, and load paper in printer
6.
Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
7.
Perform head alignment
7.
Click Start.
Follow the instruction in the message.
130
8. Check printed pattern8.
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent streaks from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent vertical streaks.
(A) Less prominent vertical streaks
(B) More prominent vertical streaks
9. Check the displayed message and click OK9.
The second pattern is printed.
10.
Check printed patterns
10.
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent stripes from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
131
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal stripes.
(A) Less prominent horizontal stripes
(B) More prominent horizontal stripes
11. Check message content, and click OK11.
The print head adjustment patterns on the third sheet are printed.
12. Check printed patterns12.
In each entry field, enter the number of the smoothest pattern with the least streaks in the boundaries
indicated by the arrows from among the printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking the positions of the
smoothest patterns in the preview.
132
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal streaks.
(A) Less prominent horizontal streaks
(B) More prominent horizontal streaks
13. Complete head position adjustment13.
Click OK.
The adjustment of the head position is complete.
Note
• To print and check the current setting, open the Print Head Alignment dialog box, and click Print
Alignment Value.
133
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
2.
3.
Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
3.
Remote UI starts.
Note
•
The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, see "Password and Cookie."
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
135
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
•
Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
136
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
• Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
•
Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3.
Perform Deep Cleaning
3.
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
137
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
2.
A message appears.
3.
Load paper in printer
3.
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
4.
Run head position adjustment
4.
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the print head cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
138
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display Printer Info in the print dialog and select Supply Levels.
139
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this
case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when
necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Select Maintenance.
3.
4.
Select Roller cleaning.
4.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.5.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the rear tray.6.
7.
Press the OK button.
7.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
8.
Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
8.
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
9.
Press the OK button.
9.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
10.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
10.
141
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, turn off the power, unplug the power cord,
then wipe the paper feed roller (A) located on the right side inside the rear tray with a moistened cotton
swab or the like while rotating them manually. Do not touch the roller with your fingers. Rotate the roller two
or more times.
After cleaning the paper feed roller with a cotton swab, turn on the power, then clean the paper feed roller
again.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
142
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Select Maintenance.
3.
4.
Select Bottom plate cleaning.
4.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.5.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the rear tray, then press OK button.6.
7.
Load only one sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray, then press OK button.
7.
8.
Fold the other sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
8.
paper, then press OK button.
9.
Load this sheet of paper on the paper loaded in step 7 with the open side facing you.
9.
143
10.
Set the paper thickness lever (A) to the right.
10.
11.
Press OK button.
11.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer and only the paper folded in step 9 is ejected.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
12.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
12.
Note
•
When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
144
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.•
145
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3.
Change the individual settings
3.
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
148
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Perform power off
2.
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
A different time can be set depending on whether the AC adapter is used or the battery is used.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power2.
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
3.
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
149
Important
• Auto Power On only works when using the AC adapter.
Auto Power Off
Select the time that you want to set from the list. If a printer driver operation or a printer operation
is not performed within the selected time, the printer turns off.
When Using AC Adapter
Select how long you want the printer to stay on when using the AC adapter from the following
options: Disable/15 minutes/30 minutes/60 minutes/120 minutes/240 minutes.
When Using Battery
Select how long you want the printer to stay on when using the battery from the following
options: 5 minutes/10 minutes/15 minutes/30 minutes.
Important
•
Disable cannot be selected for When Using Battery.
Note
•
Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the transition time for auto
power off will increase power consumption.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Cannot communicate with printer" is displayed.
150
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
If you want to change printer settings, open one of the following two screens, and configure settings.
• Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
• Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
For functions related to print settings, go to Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab. For other settings,
go to Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
1.
Open the Maintenance Tab
1.
2.
Check that the printer power is on, and click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
Configure settings
3.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Check that the printer is on and then click Other Settings
2.
The Other Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
Configure settings
3.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
151
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
152
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
A different time can be set depending on whether the AC adapter is used or the battery is used.
1.
Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Energy saving settings
2.
3. Complete the following settings:3.
Auto power off - LAN/USB connection (Using AC adapter) / Auto power off - no LAN/USB
connection (Using AC adapter)
Select the time you want to set from the list. When using the AC adapter, the printer will turn off
automatically if no data is sent to the printer or if the printer is not operated within the specified
time.
If all of the following conditions are met, the settings in Auto power off - no LAN/USB
connection (Using AC adapter) will be followed.
• All LAN settings in the printer settings are disabled
•
There is no USB connection to a PC
• The modular cable is not connected to the printer
Otherwise, the settings in Auto power off - LAN/USB connection (Using AC adapter) will be
followed.
Auto power off (battery)
Select the time you want to set from the list. When using the battery, the printer will turn off
automatically if no data is sent to the printer or if the printer is not operated within the specified
time.
Important
•
OFF cannot be specified for Auto power off (battery).
Auto power on (AC adapter)
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
Important
•
Auto power on (AC adapter) only functions when you are using the AC adapter.
Note
•
Disabling or extending the transition time for auto power off or enabling auto power on will
increase power consumption.
154
• The displayed items vary depending on your region.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
155
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Printer settings from Remote UI1.
2.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
2.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
3.
Apply the settings
3.
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
156
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray, you can prevent the printer from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the
loaded paper differs from the print settings.
After loading paper:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
If the page size on the LCD matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)•
or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
158
When the paper settings for printing are different from the paper
information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing: A5•
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4•
When you start printing, a message will appear.
Check the message and select Next. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.•
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to the
printer is A4, the printer starts printing on the paper loaded in the rear tray without changing the paper
size setting for printing.
Replace paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to
the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray before you start printing.
159
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when•
the screen to select the operation is displayed.
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver•
(Windows) or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing. Change the paper settings and try
printing again.
160
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Amount of extension as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Select Device settings.
3.
4.
Select a setting item to adjust.
4.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item.5.
6.
Select a setting to specify.
6.
161
Print settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
• Amount of extension•
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be•
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended•
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Save black ink•
You can make ink last by adjusting the used amount of black ink.
• Force ink tank selection•
You can specify the ink tank to use.
◦ All ink tanks◦
Use both color ink tank and black ink tank.
◦ Color only◦
Use only color ink tank.
◦ Black only◦
Use only black ink tank.
Note
• Black only is not enabled except borderless printing for plain paper or envelope printing. For•
details, see below.
Setting the Ink Usage Control (Windows)
Setting the Ink Usage Control (macOS)
• Print target for plain paper•
Select Text only or Text and photos for plain paper printing.
164
Note
• As print results, if you are conscious of unevenness or textures of granularity, select Text and
photos.
165
LAN settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
By selecting Wi-Fi from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
• Advanced mode•
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
• Wi-Fi setup•
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
◦ Easy wireless connect◦
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦ WPS (Push button method)◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other connection types◦
▪ WPS (PIN code method)▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
• Show setting info•
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disabled
166
Network name (SSID) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Frequency 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security WPA-PSK(AES)/WPA2-PSK(AES)/WPA3-SAE(AES)
Signal strength (%) XXX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
• Advanced•
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
Wireless Direct
By selecting Wireless Direct from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
• Show setting info•
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Note
• Select Show setting info to display a screen, allowing you to show or hide the password.•
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected)/Disabled
Network name(SSID) DIRECT-XXXX-TR160series
167
Password XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Frequency 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK(AES)
No. of devices connected now XX/XX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
• Connect to smartphone•
Enables to connect the smartphone to the printer by reading the QR code displayed on the LCD with
the smartphone, or also by manually obtaining the network name and password.
• Advanced mode•
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change network name (SSID)•
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password•
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Confirm connection request•
Selecting ON displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
• 2.4GHz/5GHz switch•
Select the frequency of Wireless Direct.
• Advanced•
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
168
Advanced
• Set printer name•
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.•
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.•
• TCP/IP settings•
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD setting•
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦ Enable/disable WSD◦
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in•
Windows.
◦ Optimize inbound WSD◦
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ Timeout setting◦
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings•
Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for macOS.
◦ Enable/disable Bonjour◦
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Service name◦
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
•
You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
•
devices.
•
LPD settings
•
Enables/disables the LPD setting.
•
RAW settings
•
Enables/disables RAW printing.
•
LLMNR settings
•
169
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• IPP settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
• Wi-Fi DRX setting•
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi (intermittent
reception).
Note
• Depending on your router, the intermittent reception may not be available even if Enable is•
selected.
• The intermittent reception is available only when the printer is in standby mode (the LCD is•
automatically off).
• IPsec settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
170
Other device settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
• Key repeat•
When you select ON, numbers, characters and other choices can be displayed quickly by pressing the
holding the button when you are entering the characters etc.
• ECO settings•
ECO settings
• Quiet setting•
Quiet setting
• Wi-Fi pairing settings•
In order to connect Canon PRINT, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦ Enable/disable pairing◦
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦ Allow/block additional pairing◦
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT pairing.
◦ Delete paired devices◦
Cancel all Canon PRINT pairing.
• Use generic USB serial number•
Select whether to fix USB serial number for connection, or enables or disables it.
When using more than one printer of the same model, enable this setting to avoid creating multiple
printer icons for these printers.
For all other cases, set to OFF.
• Charge battery via USB•
Enable or disable charge via USB cable.
Select ON to start charging battery via USB when the printer enters power-save mode.
• Keyboard layout•
Select the keyboard layout from the following three types.
◦ QWERTY◦
◦ QWERTZ◦
◦ AZERTY◦
171
Language selection
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the LCD.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
172
Firmware update
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• Before updating the firmware, connect the AC adapter to the printer and insert a power plug into the•
outlet.
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.•
Note
• Only Check current version is available when Disable is selected for Advanced mode of Wi-Fi in•
LAN settings.
• Install update•
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the
on-screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.•
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the LCD, select OK and try again after a
while.
• Check current version•
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification setting•
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the LCD.
• Auto update settings•
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
• DNS server setup•
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup•
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
173
Reset settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup only•
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings only•
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
• Settings only•
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
• Reset all•
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password is restored to
the default setting as well.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
174
Feed settings
Select this setting item from Feed settings in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray, you can prevent the printer from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the
loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
• Rear tray paper settings•
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
• Check paper replacement•
Select Enable to detect paper replacement operation. When paper is replaced, paper information
screen appears. Select paper size and media type.
• Detect paper setting mismatch•
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical
with those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the LCD.
Note
• When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.•
175
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup in the menu screen which appears when you select
(Setup) on the HOME screen.
• Web service connection setup•
The following setting items are available.
◦ Cloud Printing Center setup◦
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Cloud Printing Center.
◦ Check Web service setup◦
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Canon Cloud Printing Center.
• Issue registration code•
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
• DNS server setup•
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup•
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
176
ECO settings
This setting allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Select Device settings.
3.
4.
Select Other device settings.
4.
5. Select ECO settings.5.
6. Select Energy saving settings.6.
7.
Specify settings as necessary.
7.
A: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Select ON to turn on the printer automatically when printing data is sent to the printer.
Note
•
If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.
•
177
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Select Device settings.
3.
4.
Select Other device settings.
4.
5.
Select Quiet setting.
5.
6. Select to turn it ON/OFF.6.
When Quiet setting is turned on, it is possible to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
• When Quiet setting is turned on, the operating speed will be slower compared to when it is turned off.•
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,•
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
178
System information
To display this screen, select System information displayed after selecting (Hint) on the HOME
screen.
• Current version•
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name•
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number•
Displays the printer serial number.
• MAC address (Wi-Fi)•
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)•
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
• Root certificate thumbprint: SHA-256•
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
179
Basic Information
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Printing
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Carrying the Printer
Traveling Abroad with the Printer
Ink Tips
Accessories
Specifications
Product Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Print Area
Paper Load Limit
180
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use the AC adapter (CANON, K30359) that came with the printer. Do not use it for other
products.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord or other cables by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively
bending them.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•
Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•
Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
•
Ink
182
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
AC Adapter
When you pack the AC adapter for travel or storage, never wrap the cord around the body of the AC
adapter to prevent the cord from splitting or separating from the body of the AC adapter and causing a
short circuit.
183
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
Model Number: K10628 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30387)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines as this equipment has very low levels of RF
energy. But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or
more away from person's body.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
184
WEEE
Only for the United Kingdom
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations and the UK Batteries and Accumulators
Regulations. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in accordance with the
UK Batteries and Accumulators Regulations, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd =
Cadmium, Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable
threshold specified in the UK Batteries and Accumulators Regulations. This product should be handed
over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar
product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE)
and batteries and accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on
the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated
with EEE. Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city
office, waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-
europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU), the Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) and/or national legislation
implementing those Directives. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above,
in accordance with the Battery Directive, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd =
Cadmium, Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable
threshold specified in the Battery Directive. This product should be handed over to a designated
collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an
authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and batteries and
accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment
and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE.
Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city
office, waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee, or www.canon-europe.com/battery.
185
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Diese Symbole weisen darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß WEEE-Richtlinie (2012/19/EU; Richtlinie
über Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte), Batterien-Richtlinie (2006/66/EG) und nationalen Gesetzen
zur Umsetzung dieser Richtlinien nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf. Falls sich unter
dem oben abgebildeten Symbol ein chemisches Symbol befindet, bedeutet dies gemäß der Batterien-
Richtlinie, dass in dieser Batterie oder diesem Akkumulator ein Schwermetall (Hg = Quecksilber, Cd =
Cadmium, Pb = Blei) in einer Konzentration vorhanden ist, die über einem in der Batterien-Richtlinie
angegebenen Grenzwert liegt. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle
abgegeben werden. Dies kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines neuen ähnlichen Produkts
oder durch Abgabe bei einer autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten sowie Batterien und Akkumulatoren geschehen. Der unsachgemäße Umgang
mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potenziell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit Elektro- und Elektronik-
Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit
haben. Durch Ihre Mitarbeit bei der umweltgerechten Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie zu einer
effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Um weitere Informationen über die Wiederverwertung
dieses Produkts zu erhalten, wenden Sie sich an Ihre Stadtverwaltung, den öffentlich-rechtlichen
Entsorgungsträger, eine autorisierte Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten
oder Ihr örtliches Entsorgungsunternehmen oder besuchen Sie www.canon-europe.com/weee, oder
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Zusatzinformationen für Deutschland:
Dieses Produkt kann durch Rückgabe an den Händler unter den in der Verordnung des Elektro- und
Elektronikgerätegesetzes beschriebenen Bedingungen abgegeben werden.
Als Endbenutzer und Besitzer von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten sind Sie verpflichtet:
• diese einer vom unsortierten Siedlungsabfall getrennten Erfassung zuzuführen,
• Altbatterien und Altakkumulatoren, die nicht von Altgerät umschlossen sind, sowie Lampen,
die zerstörungsfrei aus dem Altgerät entnommen werden können, vor der Abgabe an einer
Erfassungsstelle vom Altgerät zerstörungsfrei zu trennen,
• personenbezogener Daten auf den Altgeräten vor der Entsorgung zu löschen.
Die Bedeutung von dem Symbol der durchgestrichenen Abfalltonne auf Rädern finden Sie oben in dieser
Beschreibung.
Die Vertreiber von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten haben die Pflicht zur unentgeltlichen Rücknahme
von Altgeräten. Die Vertreiber haben die Endnutzer über die von ihnen geschaffenen Möglichkeiten der
Rückgabe von Altgeräten zu informieren.
186
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ces symboles indiquent que ce produit ne doit pas être mis au rebut avec les ordures ménagères, comme
le spécifient la Directive européenne DEEE (2012/19/UE), la Directive européenne relative à l'élimination
des piles et des accumulateurs usagés (2006/66/CE) et les lois en vigueur dans votre pays appliquant
ces directives. Si un symbole de toxicité chimique est imprimé sous le symbole illustré ci-dessus
conformément à la Directive relative aux piles et aux accumulateurs, il indique la présence d'un métal
lourd (Hg = mercure, Cd = cadmium, Pb = plomb) dans la pile ou l'accumulateur à une concentration
supérieure au seuil applicable spécifié par la Directive. Ce produit doit être confié au distributeur à
chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en place par les
collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et Électroniques (DEEE).
Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement
et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement
associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Votre entière coopération dans le cadre de
la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure utilisation des ressources naturelles.
Pour plus d'informations sur le recyclage de ce produit, contactez vos services municipaux, votre éco-
organisme ou les autorités locales compétentes, ou consultez le site www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Met deze symbolen wordt aangegeven dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn
(2012/19/EU), de richtlijn 2006/66/EG betreffende batterijen en accu's en/of de plaatselijk geldende
wetgeving waarin deze richtlijnen zijn geïmplementeerd, niet bij het normale huisvuil mag worden
weggegooid. Indien onder het hierboven getoonde symbool een chemisch symbool gedrukt staat, geeft
dit in overeenstemming met de richtlijn betreffende batterijen en accu's aan dat deze batterij of accu een
zwaar metaal bevat (Hg = kwik, Cd = cadmium, Pb = lood) waarvan de concentratie de toepasselijke
drempelwaarde in overeenstemming met de genoemde richtlijn overschrijdt. Dit product dient te worden
ingeleverd bij een hiervoor aangewezen inzamelpunt, bijv. door dit in te leveren bij een hiertoe erkend
verkooppunt bij aankoop van een gelijksoortig product, of bij een officiële inzameldienst voor de recycling
van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA) en batterijen en accu's. Door de potentieel gevaarlijke
stoffen die gewoonlijk gepaard gaan met EEA, kan onjuiste verwerking van dit type afval mogelijk
nadelige gevolgen hebben voor het milieu en de menselijke gezondheid. Uw medewerking bij het op
juiste wijze weggooien van dit product draagt bij tot effectief gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor
verdere informatie over recycling van dit product kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke gemeente,
afvaldienst, officiële dienst voor klein chemisch afval of afvalstortplaats, of kunt u terecht op www.canon-
europe.com/weee, of www.canon-europe.com/battery.
187
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Estos iconos indican que este producto no debe desecharse con los residuos domésticos de acuerdo
con la Directiva sobre RAEE (2012/19/UE) y la Directiva sobre Pilas y Acumuladores (2006/66/CE) y/o la
legislación nacional. Si aparece un símbolo químico bajo este icono, de acuerdo con la Directiva sobre
Pilas y Acumuladores, significa que la pila o el acumulador contiene metales pesados (Hg = Mercurio,
Cd = Cadmio, Pb = Plomo) en una concentración superior al límite especificado en dicha directiva.
Este producto deberá entregarse en un punto de recogida designado, por ejemplo, entregándolo en
el lugar de venta al adquirir un producto nuevo similar o en un centro autorizado para la recogida de
residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE), baterías y acumuladores. La gestión incorrecta
de este tipo de residuos puede afectar al medio ambiente y a la salud humana debido a las sustancias
potencialmente nocivas que suelen contener estos aparatos. Su cooperación en la correcta eliminación
de este producto contribuirá al correcto aprovechamiento de los recursos naturales. Los usuarios tienen
derecho a devolver pilas, acumuladores o baterías usados sin coste alguno. El precio de venta de pilas,
acumuladores y baterías incluye el coste de la gestión medioambiental de su desecho, y no es necesario
mostrar la cuantía de dicho coste en la información y la factura suministradas a los usuarios finales. Si
desea más información sobre el reciclado de este producto, póngase en contacto con su municipio, el
servicio o el organismo encargado de la gestión de residuos domésticos o visite www.canon-europe.com/
weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquests símbols indican que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar amb les escombraries de la llar,
d’acord amb la RAEE (2012/19/UE), la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors (2006/66/CE) i la
legislació nacional que implementi aquestes directives. Si al costat d’aquest símbol hi apareix imprès
un símbol químic, segons especifica la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors, significa que la bateria o
l’acumulador conté un metall pesant (Hg = mercuri, Cd = cadmi, Pb = plom) en una concentració superior
al límit aplicable especificat en la Directiva. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts de
recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant un per un en comprar un producte similar o lliurant-lo
en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics (RAEE) i
piles i acumuladors. La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades a l'RAEE. La vostra cooperació a l’hora de rebutjar correctament aquest producte
contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Els usuaris tenen dret a retornar les bateries o
els acumuladors usats sense cap càrrec. El preu de venda de les bateries i els acumuladors inclou el cost
de la gestió ambiental dels residus i no es necessari mostrar l’import d’aquest cost en aquest fullet o en la
factura que es lliuri a l’usuari final. Per a més informació sobre el reciclatge d’aquest producte, contacteu
188
amb l’oficina municipal, les autoritats encarregades dels residus, el pla de residus homologat o el servei
de recollida d’escombraries domèstiques de la vostra localitat o visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee, o
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questi simboli indicano che il prodotto non può essere smaltito con i rifiuti domestici, ai sensi della
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE), della Direttiva sulle Batterie (2006/66/CE) e/o delle leggi nazionali che
attuano tali Direttive. Se sotto il simbolo indicato sopra è riportato un simbolo chimico, in osservanza
della Direttiva sulle batterie, tale simbolo indica la presenza di un metallo pesante (Hg = Mercurio, Cd
= Cadmio, Pb = Piombo) nella batteria o nell'accumulatore con un livello di concentrazione superiore
a una soglia applicabile specificata nella Direttiva sulle batterie. Il prodotto deve essere conferito a
un punto di raccolta designato, ad esempio il rivenditore in caso di acquisto di un nuovo prodotto
simile oppure un centro di raccolta autorizzato per il riciclaggio di rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche (RAEE) nonché di batterie e accumulatori. Un trattamento improprio di questo tipo di
rifiuti può avere conseguenze negative sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana a causa delle sostanze
potenzialmente nocive solitamente contenute in tali rifiuti. La collaborazione dell'utente per il corretto
smaltimento di questo prodotto contribuirà a un utilizzo efficace delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di
incorrere in sanzioni amministrative ai sensi dell'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06.
Per ulteriori informazioni sul riciclaggio di questo prodotto, contattare le autorità locali, l'ente responsabile
della raccolta dei rifiuti, un rivenditore autorizzato o il servizio di raccolta dei rifiuti domestici, oppure
visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Estes símbolos indicam que este produto não deve ser eliminado juntamente com o seu lixo doméstico,
segundo a Diretiva REEE de 2012/19/UE, a Diretiva de Baterias (2006/66/CE) e/ou a sua legislação
nacional que transponha estas Diretivas. Se houver um símbolo químico impresso como mostrado
abaixo, de acordo com a Diretiva de Baterias, isto indica que um metal pesado (Hg = Mercúrio, Cd =
Cádmio, Pb = Chumbo) está presente nesta pilha ou acumulador, numa concentração acima de um limite
aplicável especificado na Diretiva. Este produto deve ser entregue num ponto de recolha designado, por
exemplo num local autorizado de troca quando compra um equipamento novo idêntico, ou num local
de recolha autorizado para reciclar equipamento elétrico e eletrónico (EEE) em fim de vida, bem como
pilhas e baterias. O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduos pode ter um impacto negativo no
ambiente e na saúde humana, devido a substâncias potencialmente perigosas que estão associadas
com equipamentos do tipo EEE. A sua cooperação no tratamento correto deste produto irá contribuir
para a utilização mais eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para obter mais informações acerca de como
reciclar este produto, por favor contacte as suas autoridades locais responsáveis pela matéria, serviço
189
de recolha aprovado para pilhas e baterias ou serviço de recolha de resíduos sólidos domésticos da sua
municipalidade, ou visite www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symboler betyder, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation i henhold til
WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller den lokale lovgivning, som disse
direktiver er gennemført i. Hvis der i overensstemmelse med batteridirektivet er trykt et kemisk symbol
under det symbol, der er vist ovenfor, betyder det, at batteriet eller akkumulatoren indeholder tungmetaller
(Hg = kviksølv, Cd = cadmium, Pb = bly) i en koncentration, som ligger over de grænseværdier,
der er beskrevet i batteridirektivet. Produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald samt for batterier og akkumulatorer. Forkert
håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers
helbred på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og
elektronisk udstyr. Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af produktet, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Kontakt din kommune, den lokale affaldsmyndighed, det lokale affaldsanlæg, eller
besøg www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery for at få flere oplysninger om
genbrug af dette produkt.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτά τα σύμβολα υποδεικνύουν ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ), την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες (2006/66/ΕΚ) ή/και την εθνική νομοθεσία
που εφαρμόζει τις Οδηγίες εκείνες. Εάν κάποιο χημικό σύμβολο είναι τυπωμένο κάτω από το σύμβολο
που φαίνεται παραπάνω, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες, υποδηλώνει ότι κάποιο βαρύ
μέταλλο (Hg = Υδράργυρος, Cd = Κάδμιο, Pb = Μόλυβδος) υπάρχει στην μπαταρία ή τον συσσωρευτή σε
συγκέντρωση μεγαλύτερη από το ισχύον επίπεδο που καθορίζεται στην Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες.
Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη
βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για
την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού (ΗΗE) και των ηλεκτρικών
στηλών και συσσωρευτών. Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων μπορεί να έχει
αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικά επικίνδυνων ουσιών
που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Η συνεργασία σας για τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα
συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με
ανακύκλωση αυτού του προϊόντος, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία
190
απορριμμάτων, το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων ή επισκεφθείτε τη
διεύθυνση www.canon-europe.com/weee ή www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symbolene indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i
henhold til WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller nasjonal lov som har
implementert disse direktivene. Hvis et kjemisk symbol vises under symbolet vist ovenfor, i samsvar
med batteridirektivet, indikerer dette at et tungmetall (Hg = kvikksølv, Cd = kadmium, Pb = bly) finnes
i batteriet eller akkumulatoren i en konsentrasjon over en gjeldende øvre grense som er spesifisert i
batteridirektivet. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det vil si på en autorisert
en-til-en-basis når en kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert innsamlingssted for resirkulering
av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr) og batterier og akkumulatorer. Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet vil bidra til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om resirkulering av dette produktet ved å kontakte lokale
myndigheter, avfallsadministrasjonen, et godkjent program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap, eller
gå til www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Nämä tunnukset osoittavat, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU), paristoista ja akuista annettu direktiivi (2006/66/EY) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät
tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Jos yllä olevan symbolin alapuolelle on paristodirektiivin
mukaisesti painettu kemiallisen aineen tunnus, kyseinen paristo tai akku sisältää raskasmetalleja (Hg
= elohopea, Cd = kadmium, Pb = lyijy) enemmän kuin paristodirektiivin salliman määrän. Tuote on
vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta
ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun tai paristojen ja akkujen keräyspisteeseen.
Sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä,
koska laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää myös luonnonvaroja. Jos haluat lisätietoja tämän tuotteen kierrätyksestä, ota
yhteys kunnan jätehuoltoviranomaisiin tai käyttämääsi jätehuoltoyhtiöön tai käy osoitteessa www.canon-
europe.com/weee, tai www.canon-europe.com/battery.
191
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
De här symbolerna visar att produkten inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall enligt WEEE-
direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EG) och/eller nationell lagstiftning som implementerar
dessa direktiv. Om en kemisk symbol förekommer under ovanstående symbol innebär detta enligt
Batteridirektivet att en tungmetall (Hg = Kvicksilver, Cd = Kadmium, Pb = Bly) förekommer i batteriet
eller ackumulatorn med en koncentration som överstiger tillämplig gräns som anges i Batteridirektivet.
Produkten ska lämnas in på en avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad
att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning (EE-utrustning) samt batterier och ackumulatorer eller
hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande köps (en mot en). Olämplig
hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund
av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning. Din medverkan
till en korrekt avfallshantering av produkten bidrar till effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Om du vill
ha mer information om var du kan lämna in den här produkten, kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd
myndighet eller företag för avfallshantering eller se www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice OEEZ (2012/19/EU), směrnice o bateriích (2006/66/ES) a/
nebo podle vnitrostátních právních prováděcích předpisů k těmto směrnicím nemá být tento výrobek
likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Je-li v souladu s požadavky směrnice o bateriích vytištěna pod výše
uvedeným symbolem chemická značka, udává, že tato baterie nebo akumulátor obsahuje těžké kovy (Hg
= rtuť, Cd = kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentraci vyšší, než je příslušná hodnota předepsaná směrnicí.
Tento výrobek má být vrácen do určeného sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému
odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný podobný výrobek, nebo do autorizovaného sběrného
místa pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ), baterií a akumulátorů.
Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní dopad na životní prostředí a
lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují potenciálně nebezpečné
látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních
zdrojů. Chcete-li získat podrobné informace týkající se recyklace tohoto výrobku, obraťte se prosím
na místní úřad, orgán pro nakládání s odpady, schválený systém nakládání s odpady či společnost
zajišťující likvidaci domovního odpadu, nebo navštivte webové stránky www.canon-europe.com/weee
nebo www.canon-europe.com/battery.
192
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ezek a szimbólumok azt jelzik, hogy a termék hulladékkezelése a háztartási hulladéktól különválasztva,
az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések hulladékairól (WEEE) szóló (2012/19/EU) irányelvnek és az
elemekről és akkumulátorokról, valamint a hulladék elemekről és akkumulátorokról szóló (2006/66/EK)
irányelvnek megfelelően és/vagy ezen irányelveknek megfelelő helyi előírások szerint történik.
Amennyiben a fent feltüntetett szimbólum alatt egy vegyjel is szerepel, az elemekről és akkumulátorokról
szóló irányelvben foglaltak értelmében ez azt jelzi, hogy az elem vagy az akkumulátor az irányelvben
meghatározott határértéknél nagyobb mennyiségben tartalmaz nehézfémet (Hg = higany, Cd = kadmium,
Pb = ólom). E terméket az arra kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre kell juttatni – pl. hasonló termék vásárlásakor
a régi becserélésére vonatkozó hivatalos program keretében, vagy az elektromos és elektronikus
berendezések (EEE) hulladékainak gyűjtésére, valamint a hulladék elemek és hulladék akkumulátorok
gyűjtésére kijelölt hivatalos gyűjtőhelyre. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok nem előírásszerű kezelése az
elektromos és elektronikus berendezésekhez (EEE) általánosan kapcsolható potenciálisan veszélyes
anyagok révén hatással lehet a környezetre és az egészségre. E termék megfelelő leselejtezésével
Ön is hozzájárul a természeti források hatékony használatához. A termék újrahasznosítását illetően
informálódjon a helyi polgármesteri hivatalnál, a helyi közterület-fenntartó vállalatnál, a hivatalos
hulladéklerakó telephelyen vagy a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző szolgáltatónál, illetve látogasson
el a www.canon-europe.com/weee, vagy www.canon-europe.com/battery internetes oldalra.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Te symbole oznaczają, że produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego,
zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE w sprawie zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/UE)
lub dyrektywą w sprawie baterii (2006/66/WE) bądź przepisami krajowymi wdrażającymi te dyrektywy.
Jeśli pod powyższym symbolem znajduje się symbol chemiczny, zgodnie z dyrektywą w sprawie
baterii oznacza to, że bateria lub akumulator zawiera metal ciężki (Hg = rtęć, Cd = kadm, Pb
= ołów) w stężeniu przekraczającym odpowiedni poziom określony w dyrektywie w sprawie baterii.
Użytkownicy baterii i akumulatorów mają obowiązek korzystać z dostępnego programu zwrotu, recyklingu
i utylizacji baterii oraz akumulatorów. Niewłaściwe postępowanie z tego typu odpadami może mieć
wpływ na środowisko i zdrowie ludzi ze względu na substancje potencjalnie niebezpieczne, związane
ze zużytym sprzętem elektrycznym i elektronicznym. Państwa współpraca w zakresie właściwej utylizacji
tego produktu przyczyni się do efektywnego wykorzystania zasobów naturalnych. W celu uzyskania
informacji o sposobie recyklingu tego produktu prosimy o kontakt z właściwym urzędem miejskim
lub zakładem gospodarki komunalnej bądź zapraszamy na stronę www.canon-europe.com/weee, lub
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
193
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tieto symboly označujú, že podľa Smernice o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (OEEZ)
2012/19/EÚ, Smernice o batériách (2006/66/ES) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento
produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Ak je chemická značka vytlačená pod vyššie
uvedeným symbolom, znamená to, že táto batéria alebo akumulátor obsahuje ťažký kov (Hg = ortuť,
Cd = kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentrácii vyššej, ako je príslušná povolená hodnota stanovená v
Smernici o batériách. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny
za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z
elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ), batérií a akumulátorov. Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto
typom odpadu môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické
a elektronické zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii
tohto produktu prispejete k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o recyklácii tohto
produktu získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee, alebo www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
Antud sümbolid viitavad sellele, et vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL), patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevale direktiivile
(2006/66/EÜ) ja/või nimetatud direktiive rakendavatele riiklikele õigusaktidele ei või seda toodet koos
olmejäätmetega ära visata. Kui keemiline sümbol on trükitud eespool toodud sümboli alla, siis tähendab
see, et antud patareis või akus leiduva raskemetalli (Hg = elavhõbe, Cd = kaadmium, Pb = plii)
kontsentratsioonitase on kõrgem kui patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevas
direktiivis sätestatud piirmäär. Antud tootest tekkinud jäätmed tuleb anda vastavasse kogumispunkti,
nt müügipunkti, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või
vastavasse elektri- ja lektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ning patareide ja akude ümbertöötlemiseks mõeldud
kogumispunkti. Antud liiki jäätmete vale käitlemine võib kahjustada keskkonda ja inimeste tervist elektri-
ja elektroonikajäätmetes tavaliselt leiduvate potentsiaalselt ohtlike ainete tõttu. Antud tootest tekkinud
jäätmete nõuetekohase kõrvaldamisega aitate kasutada loodusvarasid efektiivselt. Täiendava teabe
saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete ning patarei- ja akujäätmete tagastamise
ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase valitsusasutusega,
asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet leitate ka Interneti-
leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee või www.canon-europe.com/battery.
194
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šie simboli norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA), Direktīvai (2006/66/EK) par baterijām un akumulatoriem, un akumulatoru atkritumiem,
ar ko atceļ Direktīvu 91/157/EEK, un vietējiem tiesību aktiem šo izstrādājumu nedrīkst izmest kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Ja zem iepriekš norādītā simbola ir uzdrukāts ķīmiskais simbols, saskaņā ar
direktīvu par baterijām un akumulatoriem tas nozīmē, ka šīs baterijas vai akumulatori satur smagos
metālus (Hg = dzīvsudrabs, Cd = kadmijs, Pb = svins) un to koncentrācijas līmenis pārsniedz direktīvā
par baterijām un akumulatoriem minēto piemērojamo slieksni. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā
savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat
veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu un bateriju un akumulatoru
pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi un cilvēka veselību
tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās iekārtās. Jūsu atbalsts
pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu
pilnīgāku informāciju par šāda veida izstrādājumu nodošanu otrreizējai pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo
pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvaroto organizāciju vai iestādi, kas veic sadzīves
atkritumu apsaimniekošanu, vai apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee, vai www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šie simboliai reiškia, kad šio gaminio negalima išmesti į buitines atliekas, kaip reikalaujama WEEE
Direktyvoje (2012/19/ES) ir Baterijų direktyvoje (2006/66/EB) ir (ar) jūsų šalies nacionaliniuose
įstatymuose, kuriais šios Direktyvos yra įgyvendinamos. Jeigu cheminio ženklo simbolis yra nurodytas
žemiau šio ženklo, tai reiškia, kad vadovaujantis Baterijų direktyvą, baterijų ar akumuliatorių sudėtyje
yra sunkiųjų metalų (Hg = gyvsidabrio, Cd = kadmio, Pb = švino), kurių koncentracija viršija Baterijų
direktyvoje nurodytas leistinas ribas. Šį gaminį reikia pristatyti į specialųjį surinkimo punktą, pavyzdžiui,
mainais, kai jūs perkate naują panašų gaminį, arba į specialiąją surinkimo vietą, kurioje perdirbamos
elektrinės ir elektroninės įrangos atliekos bei naudotos baterijos ir akumuliatoriai. Dėl netinkamo šio
tipo atliekų tvarkymo gali nukentėti aplinka ir iškilti grėsmė žmogaus sveikatai dėl galimai kenksmingų
medžiagų, iš esmės susijusių su elektrine ir elektronine įranga. Bendradarbiaudami ir teisingai
utilizuodami šiuos gaminius, jūs padėsite efektyviai naudoti gamtinius išteklius. Daugiau informacijos
apie gaminio perdirbimą jums gali suteikti vietinis biuras, atliekų tvarkymo bendrovė, sertifikuoti organai
ar buitinių atliekų surinkimo įmonės. Taip pat siūloma apsilankyti interneto svetainėje www.canon-
europe.com/weee, arba www.canon-europe.com/battery.
195
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ti simboli pomenijo, da tega izdelka skladno z Direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU), Direktivo 2006/66/ES in/ali
nacionalno zakonodajo, ki uvaja ti direktivi, ne smete odlagati z nesortiranimi gospodinjskimi odpadki.
Če je pod zgoraj prikazanim simbolom natisnjen kemijski simbol, to v skladu z Direktivo pomeni, da je
v tej bateriji ali akumulatorju prisotna težka kovina (Hg = živo srebro, Cd = kadmij, Pb = svinec), in
sicer v koncentraciji, ki je nad relevantno mejno vrednostjo, določeno v Direktivi. Ta izdelek je potrebno
odnesti na izbrano zbirno mesto, t. j. pooblaščeno trgovino, kjer ob nakupu novega (podobnega) izdelka
vrnete starega, ali na pooblaščeno zbirno mesto za ponovno uporabo odpadne električne in elektronske
opreme (EEO) ter baterij in akumulatorjev. Neustrezno ravnanje s to vrsto odpadkov lahko negativno
vpliva na okolje in človeško zdravje zaradi potencialno nevarnih snovi, ki so pogosto povezane z EEO.
Vaše sodelovanje pri pravilnem odlaganju tega izdelka predstavlja pomemben prispevek k smotrni izrabi
naravnih virov. Za več informacij o ponovni uporabi tega izdelka se obrnite na lokalen mestni urad,
pristojno službo za odpadke, predstavnika pooblaščenega programa za obdelavo odpadkov ali na lokalno
komunalo. Lahko pa tudi obiščete našo spletno stran www.canon-europe.com/weee, ali www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Тези символи показват, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC), Директивата за батерии (2006/66/ЕО) и/или Вашето
национално законодателство, прилагащо тези Директиви. Ако под показания горе символ е
отпечатан символ за химически елемент, съгласно разпоредбите на Директивата за батерии,
този втори символ означава наличието на тежък метал (Hg = живак, Cd = кадмий, Pb = олово)
в батерията или акумулатора в концентрация над указаната граница за съответния елемент в
Директивата. Този продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране,
например на база размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен
пункт за рециклиране на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО),
батерии и акумулатори. Неправилното третиране на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до
евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда и човешкото здраве поради потенциално
опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО. В същото време Вашето съдействие за
правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за ефективното използване на природните
ресурси. За повече информация относно това къде можете да предадете за рециклиране на
този продукт, моля свържете се с Вашите местни власти, с органа, отговорен за отпадъците, с
одобрената система за ИУЕЕО или с Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци, или посетете
www.canon-europe.com/weee, или www.canon-europe.com/battery.
196
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Aceste simboluri indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat împreună cu deşeurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (2012/19/UE), Directiva referitoare la baterii (2006/66/CE) şi/sau legile
dvs. naţionale ce implementează aceste Directive. Dacă un simbol chimic este imprimat sub simbolul de
mai sus, în conformitate cu Directiva referitoare la baterii, acest simbol indică prezenţa în baterie sau
acumulator a unui metal greu (Hg = Mercur, Cd = Cadmiu, Pb = Plumb) într-o concentraţie mai mare
decât pragul admis specificat în Directiva referitoare la baterii. Acest produs trebuie înmânat punctului de
colectare adecvat, ex: printr-un schimb autorizat unu la unu atunci când cumpăraţi un produs nou similar
sau la un loc de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea reziduurilor de echipament electric şi electronic
(EEE) şi baterii şi acumulatori. Administrarea neadecvată a acestui tip de deşeuri, ar putea avea un
impact asupra mediului şi asupra sănătăţii umane datorită substanţelor cu potenţial de risc care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. Cooperarea dvs. în direcţia reciclării corecte a acestui produs va contribui la
o utilizare eficientă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii despre reciclarea acestui produs,
vă rugăm să contactaţi biroul dvs. local, autorităţile responsabile cu deşeurile, schema aprobată sau
serviciul dvs. responsabil cu deşeurile menajere sau vizitaţi-ne la www.canon-europe.com/weee, sau
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEA (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Oznaka pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s komunalnim i ostalim vrstama otpada, u skladu
s direktivom WEEE (2012/19/EC), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i Pravilnikom o gospodarenju
otpadnim baterijama i akumulatorima te Pravilnikom o gospodarenju otpadnim električnim i elektroničkim
uređajima i opremom. Ako je ispod prethodno prikazane oznake otisnut kemijski simbol, u skladu s
Direktivom o baterijama, to znači da se u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru nalazi teški metal (Hg = živa, Cd
= kadmij, Pb = olovo) i da je njegova koncentracija iznad razine propisane u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj
bi proizvod trebalo predati ovlašenom skupljaču EE otpada ili prodavatelju koji je dužan preuzeti otpadni
proizvod po sistemu jedan za jedan, ukoliko isti odgovara vrsti te je obavljao primarne funkcije kao i
isporučena EE oprema. Otpadne baterije i akumulatori predaju se ovlaštenom skupljaču otpadnih baterija
ili akumulatora ili prodavatelju bez naknade i obveze kupnje za krajnjeg korisnika. Neodgovarajuće
rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može utjecati na okoliš i ljudsko zdravlje zbog potencijalno opasnih
supstanci koje se najčešće nalaze na takvim mjestima. Vaša suradnja u pravilnom zbrinjavanju ovog
proizvoda pridonijet će djelotvornom iskorištavanju prirodnih resursa. Dodatne informacije o recikliranju
ovog proizvoda zatražite od svog lokalnog gradskog ureda, službe za zbrinjavanje otpada, odobrenog
programa ili komunalne službe za uklanjanje otpada ili pak na stranicama www.canon-europe.com/weee
ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.
197
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ukoliko
je ispod gore navedenog simbola odštampan hemijski simbol, u skladu sa Direktivom o baterijama, ovaj
simbol označava da su u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru prisutni teški metali (Hg – živa, Cd – kadmijum, Pb -
olovo) u koncentracijama koje premašuju prihvatljivi prag naveden u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj proizvod
treba predati određenom centru za prikupljanje, npr. po principu „jedan-za-jedan“ kada kupujete sličan
novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme
(EEE), baterija i akumulatora. Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativne posledice
po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za
EEE. Vaša saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih
resursa. Više informacija o tome kako možete da reciklirate ovaj proizvod potražite od lokalnih gradskih
vlasti, komunalne službe, odobrenog plana reciklaže ili servisa za odlaganje kućnog otpada, ili posetite
stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee, ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.
198
Legal Restrictions on Printing
Printing or modifying printed copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money•
• Money orders•
• Certificates of deposit•
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Identification badges or insignia•
• Selective service or draft papers•
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
• Traveler's checks•
• Food stamps•
• Passports•
• Immigration papers•
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
• Stock certificates•
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
200
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the print head cover!
Do not place any object on the print head cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the print head cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
201
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.•
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.•
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• When packing the printer in a sturdy box, do not place it with its front face (paper output slot side) facing•
down.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "PRECISION•
MACHINE".
1. Turn the printer off.1.
2. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.2.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3.
Retract the paper support, then close the rear tray cover and paper output slot cover.
3.
4.
Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the AC
4.
adapter from the printer.
When the battery is not used for a long period of time (6 months or longer), remove the battery from the
printer. For details on how to remove the battery, refer to Using the Battery.
5.
Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
5.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
6.
Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
6.
202
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
To keep your personal information safe, please be sure to reset all printer settings when sending the printer
for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the printer.
Reset settings
203
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or•
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically
to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the power is turned off
completely, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
Turning off the printer
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
204
Carrying the Printer
Exercise sufficient care when carrying the printer.
When you remove the power cord, carry the printer, or stand it up, check that the ON lamp is off.
Important
• If you repeatedly remove the power cord, carry the printer, or stand it up while the ON lamp is on or•
flashing, this may cause the ink to leak or the printer to break. (The same problem is caused even if you
use the optional portable kit.) For details on turning off the printer, see Turning off the printer.
• When carrying the printer, be careful not to shock the printer, to subject it to strong vibrations, to place it•
in the heat, or to put a heavy thing on it. This causes the printer to break or the ink to leak.
Note
• Pack the printer carefully when carrying. For details, see Transporting Your Printer.•
• X-ray and any other baggage inspection devices have no adverse effect on this printer.•
205
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the
print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging. In the cleaning
procedure, used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
206
Product Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB * Type C
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a /
IEEE802.11ac
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing: 8 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.1 W or less *1*2
Standby (all ports connected): 1.6 W or less
OFF: 0.15 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 12.7 x 7.3 x 2.6 in. (Approx. 322 x 185 x 66 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 4.5 lb (Approx. 2.1 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
208
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a / IEEE802.11ac
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Channel:
2.4 GHz: 1-11 or 1-13
5 GHz: W52, W53, W56, W58
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (AES)
WPA2-PSK (AES)
WPA3-SAE (AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 11, Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
.NET Framework is required.
Printer driver, IJ Printer Assistant Tool, and Wi-Fi Connection Assistant sup-
port the following OS:
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server
2016, Windows Server 2019, Windows Server 2022
Hard Disk Space 2.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System macOS Big Sur 11 - macOS Sonoma 14
209
Hard Disk Space 1.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
PIXMA Cloud Link
Windows 10 Mobile Print
Mopria Print Service
• Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.•
• macOS: For macOS, an internet connection is required during software installation.•
• Internet connection is required to use all the user's guide.•
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
210
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
• Letter•
• Legal•
• A5•
• A4•
• B5•
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)•
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)•
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)•
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)•
• L(89x127mm)•
• 2L(127x178mm)•
• Square 3.5"•
• Square 5"•
• Hagaki•
• Hagaki 2•
• Envelope Com 10•
• Envelope DL•
•
Nagagata 3
•
•
Nagagata 4
•
•
Yougata 4
•
•
Yougata 6
•
•
Card 2.17"x3.58"
•
Special sizes
•
Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.50 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
•
•
Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
•
211
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
)•
212
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Limit of the Outputted Paper
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 50 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Approx. 40 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
10 sheets
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
1 sheet
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Rear Tray
213
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 50 sheets
Envelopes 10 envelopes
Greeting Card 1 sheet
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Limit of the Outputted Paper
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Limit of the Outputted Paper
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 10 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Limit of the Outputted Paper
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 10 sheets
Envelopes 5 sheets
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output slot cover to avoid smearing or discoloration.
214
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights
Unsupported Media Types
Note
• Refer to Handling Paper before use.•
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Recommended Genuine Canon Paper According to Purpose
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>•
Paper for printing photos:
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>•
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>•
•
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
•
•
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
•
•
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
•
•
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
•
•
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
•
•
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
•
Usable Media Types Other Than Genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
• Envelopes•
215
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
• Damp paper•
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m
2
))•
• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m
2
), except for Canon genuine•
paper)
• Paper with unstraightened edges like manualy cut paper•
• Picture postcards•
• Postcards•
• Envelopes with a double flap•
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface•
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive•
• Any type of paper with holes•
• Paper that is not rectangular•
• Paper bound with staples or glue•
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
217
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
218
Basic Printing Setup
In the Basic Settings tab, you can print in various ways according to your purpose.
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
2.
Open printer driver's setup screen
2.
3.
Select Profile (A)
3.
Select the print settings according to your purpose in Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
If you select a print setting, Paper Size and Media Type will change automatically.
Note
•
When the paper size to be printed is selected from Printer Paper Size, the zoom level is
automatically set according to the selected paper size.
To select a zoom level of your choice, add a checkmark to Zoom and enter a number.
4.
Select Media Type (B) according to requirements
4.
5.
Set Paper
5.
6.
Click OK
6.
223
Basic Settings Tab Description
The Basic Settings tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered
setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
• Profiles
• Settings Preview
• Preview before printing
• Always print with current settings
• Page Size
• Printer Paper Size
• Media Type
• Quality
• Copies
• Collate
• Orientation
• Grayscale Printing
• Borderless Printing
• Page Layout
• Zoom
• 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
• Binding Location
Profiles
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
226
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. Page Layout is set to 2 on 1,
and 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing is set to 2-sided Printing (Manual).
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
• You cannot change the order of print settings.
Add...
Displays the Add to Profiles dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/
Quality, and Page Setup tabs to Profiles.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Profiles, and click Delete. When a confirmation
message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
227
Always print with current settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same
settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, it will appear as Same as Page Size, and the document is printed with no scaling.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Media/Quality tab, and for Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
228
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly
off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, add a
checkmark to Borderless Printing, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
To change the page order, click Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that
appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
229
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing (Manual)
Select when performing duplex printing.
Booklet Printing (Manual)
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings,
and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from
the list to change it.
To specify the width of the binding margin, set it from the Page Setup tab.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs to
their default values (factory settings).
Add to Profiles dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality,
and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Options...
Opens the
Add to Profiles dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
230
Add to Profiles dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Profiles, and change the items to be saved in
the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page. The settings
specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
231
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border
line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster. Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster. Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
232
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the Printer Paper Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
233
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>
Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D> Matte Photo Paper Matte
234
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others
235
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
A5 A5
A4 A4
B5 B5
4"x6" 10x15cm 4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7" 13x18cm 5"x7"(13x18)
7"x10" 18x25cm 7"x10"
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"
L 89x127mm L 89x127mm
2L 127x178mm 5"x7"(13x18)
Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm Square 3.5"
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki (size)
Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10 Env. Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm Card
Custom Size Others
236
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select commonly used settings3.
Display the Basic Settings tab, and for Profiles, select Standard.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
•
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
•
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
5. Select the media type5.
Select the Hagaki you want to use from Hagaki in Media Type.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
6.
Set the print orientation
6.
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7.
Select the print quality
7.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
8.
Click OK
8.
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
237
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Set the paper thickness lever to the left, and load envelope on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select the media type3.
Select Envelope from Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select the envelope size you want to use, and
then click OK.
5.
Set the orientation
5.
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the
Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality6.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7. Click OK7.
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
238
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Profiles on the Basic Settings tab. Unnecessary
printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set the necessary items
2.
From Profiles on the Basic Settings tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary,
change each of the settings.
You can also register necessary items on the Media/Quality and Page Setup tabs.
3.
Click Add...
3.
The Add to Profiles dialog box opens.
239
4. Save the settings4.
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Add to Profiles dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the Basic Settings
tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Profiles.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
• When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Profiles.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted1.
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
2.
Delete the printing profile
2.
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Profiles list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
240
Media/Quality Tab Description
The Media/Quality tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. You can
also adjust the print quality and color tones.
• Settings Preview
• Media Type
• Paper Source
• Quality
• Color/Intensity
• Grayscale Printing
• Preview before printing
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
242
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this to set the print quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom in Quality to make it clickable.
Open the Custom dialog box to set individual print quality levels.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the
Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Save to the printer as a custom template
When printing, the print data of the custom template is saved to the printer.
Even if there is no computer, you can print the documents you need from the printer.
243
Save to
Select the save destination number of the custom template from 1 to 5.
Custom template name
Enter the custom template name that you want to save. Enter a template name that has up to 64
alphanumeric characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z).
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Quality on the Media/Quality tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
244
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
245
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
• Settings Preview
• Page Size
• Printer Paper Size
• Copies
• Print from Last Page
• Collate
• Orientation
• Rotate 180 degrees
• Borderless Printing
• Page Layout
• Zoom
• 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
• Binding Location
• Specify Margin
• Print Options
• Stamp
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
247
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
248
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will
be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Borderless Printing
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper. To change the page order, click
Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed.
You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing (Manual)
Select when performing duplex printing.
Booklet Printing (Manual)
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box. Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
249
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box. You can specify the width of the margin.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp...
Opens the Stamp dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name.
Depending on the environment, Stamp may not be available.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
250
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
251
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Binding Location becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
252
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Stamp dialog box
Depending on the environment, Stamp may not be available.
The Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp over or behind the document pages. In addition to the
pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the
Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
253
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
254
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
255
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
256
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
2.
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3.
Specify the print order
3.
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
257
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
258
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing on the Basic Settings Tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set borderless printing2.
Add a checkmark to Borderless Printing on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size3.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4.
Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
4.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
259
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
•
When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Media/Quality tab, you can confirm whether there
will be no margin before printing.
260
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set page layout printing
2.
Select a page layout number from 1 on 1 to 16 on 1 from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4.
Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
4.
If necessary, click Preferences..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box,
and click OK.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
5.
Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
261
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in the Basic Settings tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set duplex printing
2.
Select 2-sided Printing (Manual) from 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the layout
3.
Select the layout you want to use from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled4.
The best Binding Location is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings.
To change the setting, select another stapling side from the Binding Location list.
5. Set the margin width5.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup6.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Press the OK button on the printer to print the opposite side.
Note
• If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
262
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
264
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1.
Select print command from application software
1.
In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box.
2.
Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
The following instructions are shown using screens displayed in Windows 11 as an example.
1. Select the Settings -> Bluetooth & devices -> Printers & scanners1.
2. Click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the displayed2.
menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
•
If you're using Windows 10 or earlier, follow the steps below to display the printer driver settings
screen.
1.
Select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
1.
2.
Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the
2.
displayed menu
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
265
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The battery level indicator is displayed when the optional battery is being used.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
266
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
2.
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3.
Display Estimated ink levels
3.
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
267
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box displayed in the Maintenance tab of Printer
properties does not match the operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window
may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, the following functions will not operate.
◦ Preview before printing on the Media/Quality tab
◦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦ Booklet Printing (Manual) in 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab
◦ Print from Last Page, Collate, Specify Margin..., and Stamp... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
• If you are using a model that has a card slot, the card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In
such cases, restart the printer or turn it off and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When a setting from 2 on 1 to 16 on 1 or Zoom is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab
of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce," the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set Booklet Printing (Manual) in Page Layout or 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
according to your requirements.
268
4. Click OK to close the window.
5. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
6. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
7. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
8. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Incorporated), printing may take time or some
data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog
box.
269
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Open Remote UI
Menu for performing printer maintenance and changing settings.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
270
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, check this check box.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the
left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and
allows you to continue printing.
To enable detection of paper setting mismatches, uncheck this check box.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the
printer driver setup window.
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
Settings for Data Sending
If you click Settings for Data Sending, the Settings for Data Sending dialog box will be displayed.
If it includes data you do not agree to sending, uncheck this check box.
271
Note
• Some printer functions can be set only from the Maintenance tab of Printer properties.
272
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
Ink tank types and ink levels can be confirmed.
View Battery Status
The battery status is displayed.
The battery level and temperature abnormality can be confirmed.
Note
• If the optional battery is not attached to the printer, these items will not be displayed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the battery status, the printer
status and the ink status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
273
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
If Error Persists
If a warning or an error occurs, you can click the button.
A description of the warning or error will be displayed.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays ink tank types and estimated ink levels as images.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Battery
Displays images to show the remaining battery level.
Also, when the remaining battery level is low, or if a temperature abnormality is detected, an icon
or a message is displayed (Battery level warning / Abnormal battery temperature warning).
:The battery level is low.
:The abnormal high-temperature warning has been generated for the battery.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
274
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Display Firmware Update Notifications
Displays firmware update notifications.
If there's a firmware update available, a dialog box is displayed when you start printing.
If you add a check mark to Do not show this message again in this dialog box, you can
prevent it from displaying again.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you to check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
275
Updating the Driver
Drivers include a printer driver and MP Drivers. The MP Drivers include a printer driver, ScanGear (scanner
driver), and fax driver.
By updating the Driver to the latest version of the Driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
Important
• Check the following if you want to install or delete drivers.
Log on as a user who has the administrator account.
Terminate all running applications.
• Installing the Driver
• Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
Installing the Driver
1.
Turn on the printer
1.
2. Start the installer2.
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
3. Install the driver3.
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation4.
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may
be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted.
1.
Start the uninstaller
1.
Select Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "Canon XXX Printer Driver/MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Uninstall.
The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
276
2. Perform the uninstaller2.
Click Start. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
When all the files have been deleted, click Complete.
The deletion of the Driver is complete.
277
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment•
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement•
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer2.
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer3.
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "
Paper Settings."
4. Start printing from your application software4.
The print dialog opens.
5.
Select printer
5.
Select your model from the Printer list in the print dialog.
279
6.
Check print settings
6.
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Media Type from Media & Quality.
Important
•
An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
registered on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
280
Note
• Use the print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
7. Click Print7.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac, refer to the following.
Print result
image
Orientation of print data Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side facing
up so that the folded flap of the envelope will be faced down
on the right side.
281
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Set the Amount of extension on the printer operation panel
1.
For information on how to set the amount of extension, see "Print settings."
Important
• When the Extended amount: Large is set, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
2. Select sheet size for borderless printing2.
Select "XXX Borderless" for Paper Size from the print dialog.
3. Click Print3.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• The use of borderless printing is not recommended if Plain Paper is selected for Media Type in
Media & Quality.
282
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
If you are not satisfied with the borderless printing results, reduce the amount of extension in printer
operation panel.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount: Minimum is set, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when
printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
283
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer1.
2.
Select paper size and paper type from the printer
2.
Register Hagaki (size) for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki (type) for paper type, according to your purpose. When
you print on the address side, register Hagaki (type).
3.
Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
3.
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select the Hagaki you want to use for Media Type in Media & Quality from the print dialog.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
4. Click Print4.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
284
Adding Printer
This section describes the procedure for adding a printer to your Mac.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Settings -> Printers & Scanners, click Add Printer,
Scanner, or Fax..., and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1.
Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
1.
Note
•
It may take a little time for your printer to appear.
2.
Select the printer
2.
Select the printer listed as Bonjour.
Note
•
Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is either connected to the wireless router or directly connected to the PC (Direct
Connection)
3. Select your printer or Secure AirPrint from Use3.
4. Click Add4.
The printer is added to your Mac.
285
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1.
Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1.
Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The print dialog opens.
286
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen1.
•
If the print data has been sent to the printer
•
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
printer icon displayed on the Dock.
•
If the print data has not been sent to the printer
•
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Printer Queue....
2.
Check the printing status
2.
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
287
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model, and then click Printer Queue...
2.
The print status check screen appears.
3.
Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
3.
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
288
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if you are not logged on as the administrator. For information about an
administrative user, see Users & Groups from System Settings.
1.
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
1.
2.
Delete printer from list of printers
2.
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click Remove Printer....
Click Remove Printer when the confirmation message appears.
289
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
290
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from an iOS Device
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Printing from an Android Device
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT
About Mopria®
Printing with Canon Print Service
291
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select commonly used settings3.
Display the Basic Settings tab, and for Profiles, select Standard.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
•
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
•
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
5. Select the media type5.
Select the Hagaki you want to use from Hagaki in Media Type.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
6.
Set the print orientation
6.
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7.
Select the print quality
7.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
8.
Click OK
8.
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
293
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer1.
2.
Select paper size and paper type from the printer
2.
Register Hagaki (size) for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki (type) for paper type, according to your purpose. When
you print on the address side, register Hagaki (type).
3.
Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
3.
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select the Hagaki you want to use for Media Type in Media & Quality from the print dialog.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
4. Click Print4.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
294
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Set the paper thickness lever to the left, and load envelope on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select the media type3.
Select Envelope from Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select the envelope size you want to use, and
then click OK.
5.
Set the orientation
5.
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the
Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality6.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7. Click OK7.
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
295
Printing Template Saved in Printer
You can print a template saved in the printer beforehand.
Note
• For details on how to save a template, refer to Save Your Frequently Used Custom Templates to Your•
Printer.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load paper.
2.
3.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Select Custom Template Print.
4.
5.
Select a file to print.
5.
6.
Select Print template.
6.
Note
•
Select Template details to check the details of a template.
•
•
Select Change name to change the file name of a template.
•
•
Select Delete template to delete a file.
•
297
7. Use the button to specify the number of copies.7.
8.
Select Print.
8.
The printing starts.
298
Frequently Asked Questions
Top 6
Network Connection Setup Guide
Search by Category
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Message Is Displayed
"1000" is displayed
"1300" is displayed
Disable notifications for "2114" error
Network
Connecting to a Printer
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
Using the Printer While Away from Home
299
>
>
>
>
>
Loading Paper
Error Has Occurred
Network Communication Problems
Ink Does Not Come Out
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Printing
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Printer Does Not Print
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Security / Other
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Replacing Ink Tanks
Printer Does Not Turn On
Settings/Maintenance
Questions not Listed Above
Error
Cannot Use Previous Applications
Network
Printing Network Setting Information
Check the SSID and Encryption Key of the Wireless Router Connected to Your Computer or
Smartphone
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
USB Connection Problems
Updating Printer Firmware
300
Manual connect
Network Solution 1-2-3
Printing
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printing Stops
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Security / Other
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel
Operation Problems
301
Network FAQ
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
WPS (Router Button) Connection
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
302
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Cannot Remember Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
303
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Important
• Make sure the following four items first.
If the security settings on the wireless router are enabled, to disable the settings may solve the
problem.
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
If the printer is connected to the 2.4 GHz SSID, connect your computer or smartphone to the 2.4
GHz SSID, or connect it to the 5 GHz SSID if the printer is connected to the 5 GHz SSID, then this
may improve the condition.
Cannot Print/Set up/Find the Printer Even Though it is Connected to the Wireless Router and
the Network
To disable Band Steering function* of wireless router may solve the problem.
If the same SSIDs are assigned for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, to assign different SSIDs may solve the
problem.
Frequency band such as 5 GHz or 2.4 GHz for wireless connection
* Band Steering function: Band Steering monitors a Wi-Fi network and automatically assigns devices to their
optimal frequency band within 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency bands depending on the situation.
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
• When you buy a new computer or wireless router•
• When you change the settings on your wireless router•
• When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed•
For more on the setup procedure;
Set Up
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. After the condition improves, redo the setup of the
printer.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step 1
Check Basic Items for Network.
306
Step 2
Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Step 3
If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Step 1 : Check Basic Items for Network.
Check 1
Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2.
Check if printer is turned on.
2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check 2
Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1.
Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
1.
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a•
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
• For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual•
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
307
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
2. Check PC network connection.2.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check 3
Check printer's network settings.
Make sure the
icon is displayed on the lower left of the HOME screen.
If icon is displayed.
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Check the setting of printer.
Reconsider the location of the wireless router and the printer in the next check.
If
or icon is displayed.
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi.
Select
(Setup) on HOME screen > LAN settings > Wi-Fi in this order, and select Enable for Advanced
mode.
Check 4
Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step 2 : Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
308
• For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Step 3 : If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Check 1
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Check 2
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the connection
is not established properly. Change the network name (SSID) to use only single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Check 3
Solve network troubles with the printer's diagnostic functions.
See below.
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Check 4
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box (Windows).
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Related Topics
Network Communication Problems
309
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for wireless router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
Check the wireless router settings. For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual
provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate
with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select the encryption containing WPA2.
Note
• The factory default of wireless router supporting WPA3 may be set to WPA3.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
• Using WPA2/WPA3•
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
311
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
AES (more secure encryption than TKIP) is selected as the dynamic encryption method. The printer
does not support TKIP If the wireless router settings are set to "TKIP only", you will not be able to
connect to the printer.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports the following.
WPA-PSK (WPA-Personal)
WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal)
WPA3-SAE (WPA3-Personal)
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of•
the printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method,
operating procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see
Product Specifications.
312
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When wireless router is replaced or router settings are changed, the network settings of your computer,
smartphone/tablet or printer must be reconfigured according to the new wireless router.
Check 1
Check if your computer or smartphone/tablet can be connected to Internet
through the new wireless router.
If your computer or smartphone/tablet cannot be connected to Internet, check if the wireless router setup is
completed and configure the settings on the computer or smartphone/tablet to connect to the wireless router.
Check 2
Restart printer network.
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
wireless router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on wireless router
Check 1
Check wireless router setting.
313
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Check 2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check
that MAC addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are
registered.
Check 3
If using WPA/WPA2/WPA3 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
Note
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at wireless router
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after you change the encryption type for the wireless
router, make sure the encryption type and passkey or password for the computer matches that of the
wireless router.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
wireless router
314
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Status Code
Printing Network Settings
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connecting with Wireless Direct
315
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions
• If the printer and wireless router are connected or the printer and computer are connected by USB cable•
but you cannot print:
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
• In other cases than above:•
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Printing Out Network Settings Information
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step 1
Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step 2
Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi, and that the Internet can be used
without problems.
Step 3
Make sure the printer's Wi-Fi setting is enabled and the or icon is
displayed.
Step 4
Move the printer and device (computer/smartphone/tablet) closer to the wireless
router.
Wireless communication quality deteriorates if the printer or devices are too far from the wireless router. Move
the printer and device closer to the wireless router.
Step 5
Print the network settings.
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the printed network settings information, check the entries in item "2-2".
316
C-0
It is connected correctly. If, nevertheless, the printer is not found on the network or printing is not possible,
check the following items.
Note
• If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2" see also the correspondence•
of the other codes.
Check 1
Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Check 2
Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID) setting of
wireless router that communicates?
Check the "3-2-6" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the wireless
router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless router you
want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Check 3
Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function enabled
on wireless router?
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless router,
refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check 4
Are MP Drivers (Printer Driver) installed? (Windows)
If you are using Windows and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install it.
Set Up
C-1
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon does not appear on the
printer's screen.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
C-3
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12" in the printed network settings
information is blank.)
Check the following items.
317
Check 1
Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is wireless router
requesting manual addressing?
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
Check 2
When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP address may not be
set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP address
applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set the
printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check 1
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and your
PC/smartphone/tablet.
This printer can be connected to a wireless router that supports 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or both bands. If the wireless
router is set up to use the same SSID for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, set up that SSID on the printer so that the printer
and wireless router can be connected at either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
Note
•
Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth
(2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric characters at the end of
network name (SSID).
Check 2
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 3
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
•
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
•
After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information to
determine the installation location.
Check 4
Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
318
Check 5
In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed by
wireless router is restricted.
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
•
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
Check 6
If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving mode, turn off
energy-saving mode of wireless router.
If the problem seems to occur suddenly, it may be resolved by updating the wireless router firmware (e.g.
update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, etc.). For details, refer to the wireless router's
instruction manual.
Check 7
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the
connection is not established properly. Change the network (SSID) of the printer to use only single-byte
alphanumeric characters.
C-4
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
• Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
• After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
319
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8
Too many clients are connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than the
printer.
• If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare the value of "3-2-2" in
the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check 1
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 2
Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check 3
Check DHCP of wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
For details, refer to the wireless router's instruction manual.
C-11
The network name (SSID) remains the default value (The network name (SSID) has not been set). Check
the network name (SSID) of the wireless router.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
320
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Check the following items
Check 1
Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
Check 2
Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check 3
Print out network settings information.
See "Step 1" to "Step 5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the item "2-2" is not "C-8". If this is the case, the number of
connected printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check 4
Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
321
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information.
•
Display on the operation panel of the printer.
•
LAN settings
•
Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
322
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the operation panel.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2.
Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
• For macOS:•
1.
Select System Settings from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2.
Make sure network interface used by computer is selected.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is Connected and click.
3.
Click Details to check the IP address.
3.
323
The IP address of your computer appears. To check the MAC Address, click Hardware.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
wireless router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:•
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2.
Type "ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:•
1. Start Terminal as shown below.1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > Applications >
Utilities > Terminal.
2. Type "ping -c3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If the following message is displayed, communication is not working properly.
PING XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) : 56 data bytes
---XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
324
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized Plain Paper.
2.
Loading Paper
3. Select (Setup) on HOME screen and press OK button.3.
4.
Select LAN settings and press OK button.
4.
5.
Select Print details and press OK button.
5.
6. Select Yes and press OK button.6.
7. Check displayed message and press OK button.7.
8. When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select ON or OFF and press8.
OK button.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information -
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
1-4 Default Password Initial administrator password XXXXXXXX
326
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics -
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details See Solve Network Troubles with
The Printer's Diagnostic Functions to
check details on the diagnostic result
and result codes.
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency 2.4/5 [GHz]
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
60, 64, 100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120,
124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153,
157, 161, 165)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method none/AES
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method none/auto/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/
WPA3-SAE
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix Length Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix Length1 Stateless prefix length 1 XXX
327
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix Length2 Stateless prefix length 2 XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix Length3 Stateless prefix length 3 XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix Length4 Stateless prefix length 4 XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selec-
ted)
3-2-35 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception (wire-
less LAN)
Enable/Disable
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access Point
Mode
Operation mode for Wireless Di-
rect
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3,6,36,40
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
328
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix Length Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selec-
ted)
3-3-17 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception (wire-
less direct)
Disable
3-3-18 Frequency Wireless Direct frequency 2.4/5 [GHz]
5 Other Settings Other settings -
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name
5-2 Wireless Direct DevName Device name for wireless direct Device name for wireless direct
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server address au-
tomatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
329
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate fingerprint(SHA-1) xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256) Certificate fingerprint(SHA-256) xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
330
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing operation from a computer over•
a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults,
refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset settings
331
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name(SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting (WSD) 15 min.
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Bonjour service name* Canon ModelName
LPD settings Enable
RAW settings Enable
LLMNR settings Enable
Wi-Fi DRX setting Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. Depending on the model, use operation panel to check value of the
printer.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
Network name(SSID) DIRECT-abXX-ModelName *1 *2
332
Password YYYYYYYYYY *3
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
Confirm connection request Displayed
2.4GHz/5GHz switch 2.4GHz
*1 Default value depends on printer. Depending on the model, use operation panel to check value of the
printer.
*2 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*3 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
333
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
• Check the usage restrictions and connect the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). If you enable Wireless Direct•
while IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is enabled, IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/
WPA3 Enterprise) is disabled.
When IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is enabled, enable Administrator mode so
that the Wireless Direct settings cannot be changed.
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer
to the printer
1.
Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen and press OK button.
2.
3.
Select LAN settings and press OK button.
3.
4.
Select Wireless Direct and press OK button.
4.
334
5. Select Connect to smartphone and press OK button.5.
6. Select iPhone/iPad to connect with an iPhone/iPad, Android device to connect with an6.
Android device, and Others to connect with other device.
• iPhone/iPad•
1.
Select QR code and press OK button.
1.
2.
Read the displayed QR code with the iPhone/iPad standard camera app or smartphone/
2.
tablet app .
The iPhone/iPad is connected to the printer.
Note
•
If the QR code cannot be read, press Back button in the screen displayed QR code and
•
connect the printer from Connect to smartphone > Others.
•
Android device
•
1. Select QR code and press OK button.1.
2. Read the displayed QR code with the Android device in one of the following ways.2.
◦ Select network and Wi-Fi on the setting of Android device. Select Read QR Codes icon◦
to the right of the Add network at the bottom of the list of Wi-Fi connections and read
the QR code.
◦ Read the displayed QR code with the Android standard camera app or smartphone/◦
tablet app .
◦ Read the displayed QR code with a QR code reading app.◦
The Android device is connected to the printer.
Note
• Wireless Direct using QR code can be used with Android 5.0 or later.
• It is available in Android 10 or later to read QR code from setting and read QR code
with the Android standard camera.
•
Depending on the smartphone/tablet, QR code may not be readable.
•
If the QR code cannot be read, press Back button in the screen displayed QR code
and connect the printer from Connect to smartphone > Others.
•
Others
•
1.
Select Next and press OK button.
1.
Network name(SSID) and Password are displayed.
Note
•
To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF and press OK
•
button.
•
The password is required when connecting smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer.
•
335
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-ModelName" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) on your2.
smartphone/tablet/computer.
3. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.3.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Confirm connection request of•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible device connects
to the printer, a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect is displayed on
the printer's operation panel.
Make sure the name on the operation panel is the same as that of your wireless
communication device and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing the App. Download it from App Store and
Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Select (Setup) on HOME screen and press OK button.2.
3. Select LAN settings and press OK button.3.
4.
Select Wireless Direct and press OK button.
4.
Note
•
To change the Wireless Direct settings, you need to enable Wireless Direct in advance.
•
Select Advanced mode on the menu screen displayed when selecting Wireless Direct and
enable Wireless Direct.
5.
Select a setting item.
5.
Press button and scroll down if necessary.
•
Show setting info
•
The setting values for using the printer with Wireless Direct are displayed.
336
• Change network name (SSID)•
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wireless Direct
compatible device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦ To set manually◦
1.
Select Change manually and press OK button.
1.
2. Select Next and press OK button.
2.
3.
Change using the keyboard that appears.
3.
4.
When you have finished making changes, select OK and press OK button.
4.
◦
To set automatically
◦
1.
Select Auto update and press OK button.
1.
2.
Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
You can check the updated setting.
Note
•
To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF and press OK
•
button.
• Change password•
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ To set manually◦
1. Select Change manually and press OK button.1.
2. Select Next and press OK button.2.
3. Enter the new password (10 characters).3.
Change using the keyboard that appears.
4.
When you have finished making changes, select OK and press OK button.
4.
◦ To set automatically◦
1.
Select Auto update and press OK button.
1.
2.
Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
You can check the updated setting.
Note
•
To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF and press OK
•
button.
•
Confirm connection request
•
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wireless Direct compatible device is connecting
to the printer.
337
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wireless Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select ON.
Important
•
To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
•
the confirmation screen.
• 2.4GHz/5GHz switch•
Change the frequency used for Wireless Direct.
When using Wireless Direct (2.4 GHz), there may be a disconnection if there is a Bluetooth
speaker nearby. If the printer supports 5 GHz, switching to 5 GHz will reduce the trouble.
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
338
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using Cloud Service
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check 1
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
•
Turn on the printer or devices.
•
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
•
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check 2
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 3
Is printer connected to wireless router?
•
Check the icon on the top of HOME screen of the printer to check the connection status between the
•
printer and wireless router.
If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
• Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
339
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
◦ Display on the LCD of the printer.◦
LAN settings
◦ Print the network settings.
◦
Printing Network Settings
Note
•
If you have a computer, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network
•
status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check 4
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of
wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check 5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check 6
There may be a problem with the signal. Monitor signal status and move
printer and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD of the printer.
LCD and Operation Panel
340
Note
• If the web page cannot be printed using an Android device, it may be possible to print it by changing•
Wireless Direct connection.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check 1
Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
Check 2
Check if the
icon is displayed on the top of HOME screen of the printer.
If it is not displayed, Wireless Direct is disabled. Please turn on the Wireless Direct.
Check 3
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 4
Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, print out the network settings
information or use the operation panel to display it.
• Display on the LCD of the printer.•
LAN settings
•
Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, print out the network settings information or use the operation
panel to display it.
• Display on the LCD of the printer.•
341
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
Check 7
Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Note
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). Note that when•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is set to Enable, Wireless Direct is set to Disable.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
342
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Paper Information Registration Screen Does Not Appear When Loading Paper
Paper Information Registration Screen Appears Even Though No Paper Is
Loaded
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
343
Printer Does Not Print
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
•
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
•
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
•
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
•
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Note
•
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check 3
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray, an error message appears on the
operation panel. Follow the instructions on the operation panel to solve the problem.
344
Note
•
You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
•
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the Printer Driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check 4
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
•
For Windows:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•
For macOS:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check 5
Is your printer's Printer Driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
•
For Windows:
•
Make sure "Canon ModelName" is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as Let Windows manage my
•
default printer so that it is selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
•
For macOS:
•
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System•
Settings > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check 6
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to
Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
345
Check 7
WSD Printer Driver is enabled, you may not be able to print.
Select
(Setup) on HOME screen > Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Advanced > WSD setting in
this order, and select Disable for Enable/disable WSD.
Alternatively, reinstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Set Up
Check 8
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
Important
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
346
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check 1
Check the printer is placed on the right spot.
Place the printer on a flat table or similar platform.
Check 2
Is paper loaded in the rear tray?
Loading Paper
Check 3
When loading paper, consider the following.
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
•
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
•
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•
•
When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP, align the paper stack against the
•
right side of the rear tray and slide the paper guide so that it just touches the left edge of the stack.
Loading Paper
Check 4
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check 5
When loading envelopes or Hagaki, consider the following.
•
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
•
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check 6
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check 7
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
347
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object. If you use a battery, turn off the printer, detach the battery, then remove the
foreign object.
Check 8
Clean Paper Feed Roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.•
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
348
Paper Information Registration Screen Does Not Appear When
Loading Paper
If the paper information registration screen does not appear when you load paper and you cannot specify
the paper size, check the following.
Check 1
Check that Check paper replacement is set to Enable.
From (Setup) on HOME screen, select Feed settings > Check paper replacement. If Check paper
replacement is set to Disable, the paper information registration screen does not appear when paper is loaded.
Set to Enable.
Check 2
Check that dark colored paper is not loaded.
If dark colored paper, or paper that has already been printed on is loaded, the paper may not be recognized.
Select Feed settings > Rear tray paper settings and change the paper information directly.
Check 3
Check that paper is loaded correctly.
If the paper is not loaded correctly, the paper may not be recognized. Load the paper correctly.
Loading Paper
349
Paper Information Registration Screen Appears Even Though No
Paper Is Loaded
If the printer is exposed to very bright light such as direct sunlight, the paper information registration screen
may appear regardless of whether or not paper is loaded. Load the paper when the printer is not exposed to
bright light, or from (Setup) on the HOME screen, select Feed settings > Check paper replacement,
and set to Disable.
350
Resolving Print Quality Problems
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white or black streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven
colors, check the paper and print quality settings first.
Check 1
Make sure print settings match purpose of printing.
From (Setup) on HOME screen, select Device settings > Print settings and check the following settings.
• ON is selected for Save black ink.•
•
A setting other than All ink tanks is selected for Force ink tank selection.
•
•
Text only is selected for Print target for plain paper.
•
When any of the above settings are applied, change the setting as follows.
•
Set Save black ink to OFF.
•
•
Set Force ink tank selection to All ink tanks.
•
•
Set Print target for plain paper to Text and photos.
•
Check 2
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
•
Printing from your computer
•
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
• Printing from your smartphone/tablet using •
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 3
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
351
Check 3
If problem is not resolved, click on illustration that corresponds to problem.
Ink Does Not Come
Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or
Bleeding Colors
White Streaks
Black Streaks
Lines Are
Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged/
Printed Surface Is
Scratched
Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
352
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
353
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks
Ink Does Not Come Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors
White Streaks
Black Streaks
Note
• If printouts are blank, black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.•
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Check status of ink tanks and replace them if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check 3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
354
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step 1
Print a nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
• From the printer•
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step 2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•
From the printer
•
Cleaning the Print Head
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•
From the printer
•
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours without unplugging the power supply, and go to the next step.
Step 5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 6
Request a repair.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see
Performing Maintenance Functions from the Printer.
Check 4
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
355
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Note
• For the case of misaligned or distortion, refer to this web page.•
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment•
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check 3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
356
Printed Surface Is Smudged/Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. To print data with high color saturation such
as photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other
Canon specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
Check 3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
• Plain Paper:•
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope or Hagaki:•
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
357
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
1.
2.
Check that paper is now flat.
2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
•
Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check 4
Is the paper thickness lever set properly?
Adjust the position of the paper thickness lever properly according to the type of paper you are printing on.
358
See below on how to load paper or the position of the paper thickness lever.
Loading Paper
Depending on the printing content, the printing surface may become scratched or the corners or edges of the
paper may become smudged even for the types of paper to set the lever to the right. In this case, set the paper
thickness lever to the left.
Reset the paper thickness lever to the right when you finish printing. If the paper thickness lever is not set back
to the right, the inside of the printer is more likely to get dirty due to the wider clearance between the print head
and the loaded paper. It may also reduce print quality.
Check 5
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
•
Printing from your computer (Windows)
•
Check the brightness setting in the Printer Driver.
Adjusting Brightness
Check 6
Do not print outside recommended printing area.
If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.
Resize the document using application software.
Print Area
Check 7
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.•
359
Check 8
Is inside of printer dirty?
During 2-sided printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check 9
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
1. Open Remote UI on the web browser of your device.1.
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
2.
Select Log in on Remote UI.
2.
Note
•
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
3.
Select Printer settings.
3.
4.
Select Ink drying wait time.
4.
•
For macOS:
•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
360
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check 1
Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check 2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the Printer Driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
361
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check 1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Resolving Print Quality Problems
Check 2
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•
During 2-sided printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
362
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check 1
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
Check 2
Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
•
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
363
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer, an error message "Offline" may be displayed when
printing. To bring the printer back online, try the following.
1.
Check the connection (USB/Wi-Fi).
1.
For USB connection:
Make sure that the USB-connected printer is recognized by the computer.
For Wi-Fi connections:
Make sure that icon appears on the printer's LCD.
2. Turn off printer and then turn it on again.2.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
3. Check the name of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).3.
Check the names of the printer and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) match. From Windows 10, the
management method of the printer that is normally used has changed. Set the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver) of the printer you are using as default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
4. Make sure that printer is not set to Use Printer Offline mode.4.
For Windows 11:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.1.
2. Click the name of printer you want to configure.2.
3. Click Print settings.3.
Print settings window opens.
4. Click Maintenance sheet.4.
5. Click View Printer Status.5.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor window is displayed.
6. Click Display Print Queue of the Canon IJ Status Monitor window.6.
364
The Print Queue window is displayed.
7. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.7.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
For Windows 10:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.1.
2.
Click the name of printer you want to configure, and select Open queue.
2.
The Print Queue window is displayed.
3. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.3.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
5.
For Wi-Fi connections, use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant to change settings.
5.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
6.
Uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver) and reinstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
6.
If your MP Drivers (Printer Driver) version is old or not installed correctly, you may not be able to print.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
7.
Restart computer.
7.
The computer may be unstable for some reason. Restart the computer and try to print.
Important
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
365
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check 1
Press ON button.
Turning the Printer On and Off
Check 2
Make sure power cord is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check 3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
Check 4
When you use battery, check battery level.
Make sure that the battery level indicator lights when you press the battery level button.
When you run the printer with the battery, it must be charged sufficiently. If the battery level is low, you can
charge the battery by connecting the AC adapter to the printer. Or replace with a charged battery.
Important
•
If the battery is discharged too much, it cannot be charged by USB connection. Charge the battery with the
AC adapter.
•
When charging by USB connection, charging is interrupted if the printer is turned on. When charging
with the AC adapter, charging can be continued regardless of the power status. However, charging is
interrupted when you start printing.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
367
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
Note
•
You can cancel the automatic power off setting only when using the AC adapter.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen and press OK button.
2.
3.
Select Device settings and press OK button.
3.
4.
Select Other device settings and press OK button.
4.
5.
Select ECO settings and press OK button.
5.
6.
Select Energy saving settings and press OK button.
6.
7.
Check displayed message and press OK button.
7.
8.
Select Auto power off and press OK button.
8.
9.
Select Using AC adapter and press OK button.
9.
10. Select Never and press OK button.10.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.•
368
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
• Printing is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears (Windows).
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing speed may slow down
due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Turning the Printer On and Off
Check 2
Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer, and then connect it
again.
As the illustration below, the USB port is on the side of the printer.
369
Important
•
Connect the "Type-C" connector to the printer.
Check 3
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box (Windows).
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Check 4
Initialize the printer settings.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen > Device settings > Reset settings > Reset all.
Reset settings
After initializing the printer settings, redo setup.
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check
Follow the items below to make sure your system environment supports Hi-
Speed USB connection.
•
The types of USB cables that can be used differ depending on your printer. Check the shape of the USB
•
port of the printer.
What Is USB Cable?
•
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
•
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
•
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
370
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1.
Press Back button repeatedly until the HOME screen is displayed.
1.
2.
Select (Setup) on HOME screen and press OK button.
2.
3.
Press button once and press OK button.
3.
4.
Press button three times and press OK button.
4.
5.
Use button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
5.
The desired language appears.
6. Press OK button.6.
371
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer
Connected via USB)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer
372
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Update have
been applied. If all Windows Update have not been applied, apply all Windows Update.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1.
Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 11:
Open Installed apps.
For Windows 10:
Open Apps & features.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series Driver" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver" you2.
want to install in list.
"XXX" is the printer's model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Important
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
373
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
Note
• For the case of connecting with a USB cable, refer to this web page.•
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check 1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•
Connect the "Type-C" connector to the printer.
Check 2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3. Turn on printer.3.
Check 3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).1.
375
2. Turn off printer.2.
3. Restart computer.3.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) downloaded in step 1.
Important
•
When installing the MP Drivers (Printer Driver), make sure you select the correct printer name.
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
376
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply. For details about the functions of your printer, see Product
Specifications.
377
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
379
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding the Paper Thickness Lever Is Displayed (Windows)
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press when turning power off.•
While the power was still on, the printer may have been unplugged or the battery power supply may
have stopped by the exhausted battery.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• See Turning the Printer On and Off to unplug the power cord correctly.
• See Using the Battery for how to use the battery.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.•
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding the Paper Thickness Lever Is Displayed (Windows)
The proper position of the paper thickness lever varies depending on the type of paper you are printing
on.
Set the paper thickness lever to the left when printing on envelopes. Set the paper thickness lever to the
right when printing on paper other than envelopes.
Adjust the position of the paper thickness lever properly, then click OK on the screen.
381
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
While the power was still on, the printer may have been unplugged or the battery power supply may have
stopped by the exhausted battery.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
Note
• See Turning the Printer On and Off to unplug the power cord correctly.
• See Using the Battery for how to use the battery.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check 1
If ON lamp is off, press printer's ON button.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
•
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check 3
Make sure Printer Driver is installed correctly.
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
382
Check 4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.1.
Note
•
If the User Account Control screen appears, select Yes.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.2.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
•
If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is
•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3.
Click General tab and check for a device problem.
3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
•
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
•
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
•
"Printer driver could not be found"
•
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
383
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
384
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Support codes are displayed on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and is displayed along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ•
1000 1200 1300 1401 1403 1405 1410 1411 15A1 15A2 1600 1660
1681 1687 1688 1689 1700 1701 1806 1807
• 2000 to 2ZZZ•
2114 21F0 2500
• 3000 to 3ZZZ•
3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3456
• 4000 to 4ZZZ•
4103 4104 410B 410C 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ•
5100 5200 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C00
• 6000 to 6ZZZ•
6000
6500
6502
6800
6801
6830
6831
6832
6833
6900
6901
6902
6910
6930
6931
6932
6933
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6A00
6D01
•
7000 to 7ZZZ
•
7500
7600
7700
7800
386
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:•
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:•
◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed◦
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
◦ If the narrow width paper such as card size paper is jammed because it was loaded in the◦
landscape orientation:
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:•
Other Cases
388
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / the rear tray, or if
the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the narrow width paper such as card size paper is jammed because it was loaded in the landscape
orientation, remove the jammed paper following the procedure below.
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
1.
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
1.
If you use a battery, turn off the printer, then detach the battery.
2.
Open print head cover.
2.
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.3.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When you move the print head holder, press either the right side or the left side of the print head holder
with your fingertips and slide the print head holder slowly to the right edge or the left edge.
389
Important
•
When you move the print head holder, do not touch the print head lock lever.
•
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
4.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
390
5.
Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
5.
Keep an angle of the paper about 45 degrees and pull it slowly.
6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.6.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
•
Any paper left under the print head holder?
•
Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
•
Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (A) in the printer?
391
7.
Close print head cover gently.
7.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a
paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you resume
printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer.
Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
392
Printer Is Out of Paper (1000)
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.•
Loading Photo Paper / Plain Paper
Loading Envelopes
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.•
• Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.•
Paper Settings
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
393
1200
Cause
Print head cover is open.
What to Do
Close the print head cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing ink tanks.
Important
• When you replace the ink tank, do not touch the print head lock lever.•
394
1401
Cause
Print head is not installed or the installed print head is not appropriate.
What to Do
Open the print head cover and take the corresponding actions below.
• If the print head is not installed, install it.•
• Push both tabs of the print head lock lever and make sure that both tabs are locked securely.•
Push both tabs of the print head lock lever until each clicks into place.
Push in the order of the left and right lever.
• Make sure that the ink tank is installed properly.•
If the ink lamp is off, push down on the "Canon" logo on the ink tank.
If the front (innermost) part of the ink tank is sticking up, push the ink tank until it clicks into place.
395
• Make sure that the ink lamp lights.•
After taking the corresponding actions, close the print head cover.
If the error is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
396
1600
Cause
If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing, ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's OK button with the ink
tank installed. Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The
printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Note
• If multiple ink lamps are flashing red, check the status of each ink tank.
397
1660
Cause
The ink tank is not installed.
What to Do
Install the ink tank.
398
1687
Cause
The print head lock lever is not locked or an ink tank is installed improperly.
What to Do
Open the print head cover, then take the corresponding actions below.
• Push both tabs of the print head lock lever and make sure that both tabs are locked securely.•
Push both tabs of the print head lock lever until each clicks into place.
Push in the order of the left and right lever.
• Make sure that the ink tank is installed properly.•
If the ink lamp is off, push down on the "Canon" logo on the ink tank.
If the front (innermost) part of the ink tank is sticking up, push the ink tank until it clicks into place.
• Make sure that the ink lamp lights.•
After taking the corresponding actions, close the print head cover.
399
1688
Cause
Ink has run out. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the print head cover.
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Press and hold the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation
of printing under the ink out condition.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in gray on the
Estimated ink levels screen on the LCD.
400
1689
Cause
The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the print head cover.
Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Press and hold the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any machine malfunction or damage caused by using refilled ink
tanks.
Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in gray on the
Estimated ink levels screen on the LCD.
401
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
402
1806
Cause
The battery's temperature is outside the operating temperature range (either too high or too low).
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
The battery cannot be used until the battery's temperature returns to within the operating temperature
range. Continue using the printer with the AC adapter.
Important
• If you unplug the AC adapter in this state, the printer will turn off.•
403
1807
Cause
The battery's temperature is outside the operating temperature range (either too high or too low).
What to Do
Wait for the battery's temperature to return to within the operating temperature range as the battery
cannot be charged when it is outside of the range.
The battery will start charging once it's temperature returns to within the operating temperature range.
404
2114
Cause
Paper settings for printing do not match rear tray paper information set on printer.
Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on•
the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• See below for details on rear tray paper information set on the printer.•
Paper Settings
• To disable notifications for this error, disable the function to detect paper setting mismatch.
If the print paper settings do not match rear tray paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a
message appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:•
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
• Rear tray paper information set on the printer:•
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
405
Use the buttons to select the appropriate action, then press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print onto the paper in the rear tray without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, the A5 size
setting is used to print onto the paper in the rear tray.
Replace paper
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, if the print paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, change the
paper in the rear tray to A5 paper and proceed with printing.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray appears. Register
the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or•
on the printer.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print paper settings. Change the paper settings and
retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you•
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing onto the paper in the rear tray
regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
To change the message view setting when printing using the operation panel of the printer:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
406
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
408
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by tapes for securing the print head holder during•
transportation, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
• Confirm that the print head lock lever is locked securely.•
Push both tabs of the print head lock lever until each clicks into place.
• Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.•
If the front (innermost) part of the ink tank is sticking up, push the ink tank until it clicks into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder•
from moving, be careful not to touch the components inside the printer. The printer may not print out
properly if you touch it.
409
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
If you are using a battery, turn off the printer and detach the battery.
After a while, plug in printer with the AC adapter or attach the battery to the printer, and turn on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• For details on how to attach/detach the battery, see Using the Battery.
410
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
411
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams)
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
If you are using a battery, turn off the printer and detach the battery.
Plug in printer with the AC adapter or attach the battery to the printer, and turn on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• For details on how to attach/detach the battery, see Using the Battery.
412
